You are on page 1of 286

Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual

Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

This Engineering Manual is subject to periodic revision and


updating. Before designing shoring and forming systems with
Aluma Systems equipment, contact Aluma Systems Engineering
Department to ensure you are using the most recent revision of
this manual.

WARNING!
USE OF THIS PRODUCT DATA AND INFORMATION IS FOR THE SOLE
AND EXCLUSIVE USE BY TECHNICALLY QUALIFIED INDIVIDUALS
WITH APPROPRIATE EDUCATION, TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE
WITH GENERAL FORMING AND SHORING DESIGN PRINCIPLES AND
ENGINEERING DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS. FAILURE TO FOLLOW
PROPER PROCEDURE, BOTH AS SET FORTH IN THIS GUIDE AND IN
ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED ENGINEERING PLANS, AND GOOD
AND SAFE CONSTRUCITON PRACTICES, CAN LEAD TO DEATH,
SERIOUS BODILY INJURY, OR PROPERTY DAMAGE.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS SUPPLEMENT MUST BE
CAREFULLY FOLLOWED. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE

field, and is to be used with other data.


INFORMATION, GUIDELINES AND SUGGESTIONS IN THIS
SUPPLEMENT MAY RESULT IN DEATH, SERIOUS BODILY INJURY OR
PROPERTY DAMAGE.

IF YOU ARE IN DOUBT OR IN NEED OF TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE OR


ADVICE YOU MUST CONTACT ALUMA SYSTEMS ENGINEERING.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table of Contents
Contents Page
Table of Contents i
Introduction and General Guidelines vii
Contact Information ix
Section 1: Product ID
Standard Truss
Standard Alumalite Truss II General Components 1.1.1
Standard 8.53m (28) Alumalite Truss II 1.1.2
Standard 7.32m (24) Alumalite Truss II 1.1.3
Standard 6.10m (20) Alumalite Truss II 1.1.4
Standard 4.88m (16) Alumalite Truss II 1.1.5
Standard 3.66m (12) Alumalite Truss II 1.1.6
Standard 2.44m (8) Alumalite Truss II 1.1.7
Standard 1.22m (4) Alumalite Truss II 1.1.8
Standard Truss II Square End 1.1.9
Standard Truss II Connector 1.1.10
Modified Truss
Modified Alumalite Truss II General Components 1.2.1
Modified 7.32m (24) Alumalite Truss II 1.2.2
Modified 4.88m (16) Alumalite Truss II 1.2.3

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Modified 3.66m (12) Alumalite Truss II 1.2.4
Truss Components

field, and is to be used with other data.


Top Chord 1.3.1
Bottom Chord 1.3.2
Outer Leg 1.3.3
Diagonal Brace 1.3.4
Extension Staff 1.3.5
Screwjack 1.3.6
Screwjack Accessories 1.3.7
Chord Accessories
Chord Splice Plate 1.3.8
Bottom Chord Spacer 1.3.8
Crossbrace Bracket 1.3.8
Base Plate Hook 1.3.8

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual i
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table of Contents
Contents Page
Truss Components Cont
Crossbrace 1.3.9
Horizontal Brace 1.3.10
Guardrail Support
Guardrail Assembly 1.3.11
Guardrail Bracket 1.3.11
1.5m Guardrail Post 1.3.11
Hardware 1.3.12
Steel Accessories
Steel Packer 1.3.13
Top Jack Bracket Assembly 1.3.13
600 Top Jack Screw 1.3.14
Hinge Bracket 1.3.14
Hinge Arm 1.3.14
Truss Jacks 1.3.15
Truss Jack Accessories 1.3.16
Beamside Hinge Components
Beamside Hinge Chamfer Hinge 1.4.1
Beamside Hinge 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 1.4.2
Beamside Hinge 140-18 Hinge Rail Beam 1.4.3
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Beamside Hinge Form Latch Anchor 1.4.4


field, and is to be used with other data.

Beamside Hinge Form Latch Type I 1.4.5


Beamside Hinge Accessories
Hinge Rail Beam Lock Bar Assembly 1.4.6
Hinge Rail Beam Extend Lock Bar Assembly 1.4.6
Beam Inside Corner Assembly 1.4.6
# 10 x 20 mm Wood Screw 1.4.7
# 12 x 31.5 mm Wood Screw 1.4.7
Truss Handling Equipment
Single Low Glide 1.5.1
Standard Glide 1.5.1
Swivel Roller 1.5.1
Drop Centre Dolly 1.5.1
Nylon Slings 1.5.2
Alumalite Truss Lowering Device 1.5.2

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
ii Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table of Contents
Contents Page
Truss Handling Equipment Cont
Landing Dolly Upper Unit 1.5.3
Landing Dolly Lower Unit 1.5.3
Intermediate Truss Landing Dolly 1.5.3
Section 2: Product Detail
Truss Overview
1.2m Deep Alumalite Truss II Typical Dimension 2.1.1
1.8m Deep Alumalite Truss II Typical Dimension 2.1.2
Standard Alumalite Truss II Component Breakdown 2.1.3
Modified Alumalite Truss II Component Breakdown 2.1.4
Truss Components
Top Chord 2.2.1
Bottom Chord 2.2.2
Outer Leg (1.793m for 1.8m Deep Truss) 2.2.3
Outer Leg (1.193m for 1.2m Deep Truss) 2.2.4
Extension Staff 2.2.5
Diagonal Brace 2.2.6
Screwjack 2.2.7
Base Plate 2.2.8

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Chord Splice Plate and Bottom Chord Spacer 2.2.9
Truss Jacks 2.2.10

field, and is to be used with other data.


Truss Jack Lock Bracket 2.2.11
Truss Jack Hinge 2.2.12
Crossbrace 2.2.13
Horizontal Brace 2.2.14
Crossbrace Bracket 2.2.15
Guardrail Support Bracket w/ Scaffold Tube 2.2.16
Steel Packer 2.2.17
Top Jack Screw 2.2.18
Hinge Bracket and Hinge Arm 2.2.19
Beamside Hinge Components
Beamside Hinge Basic Components 2.3.1
Beamside Latch Basic Components 2.3.2
Hinge Rail Beam Lock Bar Assembly 2.3.3

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual iii
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table of Contents
Contents Page
Beamside Hinge Components Cont
Hinge Rail Beam Extended Lock Bar Assembly 2.3.4
Beam Inside Corner Assembly 2.3.5
Truss Handling Equipment
Single Low Glide 2.4.1
Standard Glide 2.4.2
Swivel Roller 2.4.3
Drop Centre Dolly 2.4.4
Alumalite Truss Lowering Device 2.4.5
Truss Landing Dolly 2.4.6
Section 3: Design Data
Truss Component Sectional Data
Alumalite Truss II Chord 3.1.1
Alumalite Truss II Outer Leg 3.1.2
Alumalite Truss II Extension Staff 3.1.3
Alumalite Truss II Diagonal Brace 3.1.4
Alumalite Truss II Crossbrace ( 25.4 mm) 3.1.5
Alumalite Truss II Crossbrace ( 31.75 mm)/Horizontal Brace 3.1.6
Beamside Chamfer Hinge 3.1.7
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 3.1.8


140-18 Hinge Rail Beam 3.1.9
field, and is to be used with other data.

Beamside Form Latch Anchor 3.1.10


Beamside Form Latch Type I 3.1.11
1.2m Deep Alumalite Truss Loading
1.2m Deep Truss II Local Load Capacity 3.2.1
1.2m Deep Truss II Leg Load Capacity w/ Top Extension Staff 3.2.2
1.2m Deep Truss II Leg Load Capacity 3.2.3
1.2m Deep Truss II Load/Span Chart 3.2.4
1.8m Deep Alumalite Truss Loading
1.8m Deep Truss II Local Load Capacity 3.3.1
1.8m Deep Truss II Leg Load Capacity w/ Top Extension Staff 3.3.2
1.8m Deep Truss II Leg Load Capacity 3.3.3
1.8m Deep Truss II Load/Span Chart 3.3.7
1.8m Deep Truss II Drop Truss Local Load Capacity 3.3.8

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
iv Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table of Contents
Contents Page
122 Beam Loading
122 Beam Section Properties 3.4.1
122 Beam Design Chart 3.4.2
122 Beam Load Chart Metric 3.4.3
122 Beam Load Chart Imperial 3.4.5
122 Beam Allowable Load (for Width b) 3.4.7
122 Beam Maximum Allowable U.D.L. (2 Support) 3.4.8
122 Beam Maximum Allowable U.D.L. (3 Support) 3.4.9
140 Beam Loading
140 Beam Section Properties 3.5.1
140 Beam Design Chart 3.5.2
140 Beam Load Chart Metric 3.5.3
140 Beam Load Chart Imperial 3.5.5
140 Beam Allowable Load (for Width b) 3.5.7
140 Beam Maximum Allowable U.D.L. (2 Support) 3.5.8
140 Beam Maximum Allowable U.D.L. (3 Support) 3.5.9
141 Beam Loading
141 Beam Section Properties 3.6.1
141 Beam Design Chart 3.6.2

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
141 Beam Load Chart Metric 3.6.3
141 Beam Load Chart Imperial 3.6.5

field, and is to be used with other data.


141 Beam Allowable Load (for Width b) 3.6.7
141 Beam Maximum Allowable U.D.L. (2 Support) 3.6.8
141 Beam Maximum Allowable U.D.L. (3 Support) 3.6.9
165 Stringer Loading
165 Stringer Section Properties 3.7.1
165 Stringer Design Chart 3.7.2
165 Stringer Load Chart Metric 3.7.3
165 Stringer Load Chart Imperial 3.7.5
165 Stringer Allowable Load (for Width b) 3.7.7
Section 4: Application
Table Design Guidelines 4.1.1
Standard and Modified Trusses Application Details
Standard Alumalite Truss II Assembly 4.2.1

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual v
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table of Contents
Contents Page
Standard and Modified Trusses Application Details Cont
Standard Alumalite Truss II Combinations 4.2.2
Modified Alumalite Truss II Combinations 4.2.3
Standard Alumalite Truss II Truss Assembly Details 4.2.4
Standard Alumalite Truss II 1.22m Truss Assembly Details 4.2.5
Standard Alumalite Truss II Square End Assembly Details 4.2.6
Standard Alumalite Truss II Truss Connector Assembly Details 4.2.7
Standard 1.8m Deep Truss II 300mm Drop Extension Truss Assembly Detail 4.2.8
Standard 1.8m Deep Truss II 600mm Drop Extension Truss Assembly Detail 4.2.9
Standard 1.8m Deep Truss II 900mm Drop Extension Truss Assembly Detail 4.2.10
Standard 1.8m Deep Truss II 300mm Drop Truss Assembly Detail 4.2.11
Standard 1.8m Deep Truss II 600mm Drop Truss Assembly Detail 4.2.12
Standard 1.8m Deep Truss II 900mm Drop Truss Assembly Detail 4.2.13
Modified Alumalite Truss II Truss Assembly Details 4.2.14
Modified Alumalite Truss II Square End Assembly Details 4.2.16
Modified Alumalite Truss II Truss Connector Assembly Details 4.2.17
Truss Accessories Application Details
Super Truss Outer Leg Application Details 4.3.1
Stacked Truss Outer Leg Application Details 4.3.2
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

1.2m Alumalite Truss II Crossbrace Connection Details 4.3.3


1.8m Alumalite Truss II Crossbrace Connection Details 4.3.4
field, and is to be used with other data.

Aluma Truss Jack Application Details 4.3.5


Alumalite Truss Jack Application Details 4.3.6
Beamside Hinge Application Details
Beamside Hinge Application 4.4.1
Chamfer Hinge Assembly Pouring and Stripping Position 4.4.2
Beamside Latch Pouring and Stripping Position 4.4.3
Alumalite Truss II Accessories Application Details
Steel Packer Fixing Details 4.5.1
Tube and Clamp Details 4.5.2
Top Jack Screw Assembly Application 4.5.3
Hinge Arm Bracket Application Details 4.5.4
Guardrail Support Application 4.5.5
Alumalite Truss Infill Application Details 4.5.6
Alumalite Truss Table Joint Without Infill 4.5.7
Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.
V. 3.1
vi Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table of Contents
Contents Page
Alumalite Truss II Hardware Detail
Packing Clip Application Details 4.6.1
A-Clip Application Details 4.6.2
Wood Screw Application Details 4.6.3
Section 5: Appendix
Design Standards and References A1
Aluminum 6061-T6 Properties A2
Alumalite Truss Assembly Instructions (Mark II) B1
Alumalite Truss Table Form Assembly Instructions 140 Beam C1
Alumalite Truss Table Form Assembly Instructions 122 Beam D1
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedure with Single Low Glides E1
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedure with Truss Rollers F1
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedure with Landing Dolly G1
Removal of Form Work Striking Time H1

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual vii
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
General Guidelines
INTRODUCTION

Purpose:
To provide technical data for the proper usage of the Alumalite Truss II
as part of an engineered system.

This information is intended to be used by technically qualified individuals with appropriate


knowledge of general forming and shoring design principals and engineering design
fundamentals.

The technical data presented in this document is based upon theoretical calculations or testing.
Calculations and testing have both been done in accordance with applicable design standards
(please see appendix).

GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR THE SAFE USE OF ALUMA EQUIPMENT

The following guidelines are intended to ensure that designers and experienced users address
the following critical issues while designing any forming or shoring applications or otherwise
using Aluma equipment. These guidelines should not be assumed to be all-encompassing. IF
YOU ARE IN DOUBT OR IN NEED OF TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE OR ADVICE, YOU MUST
CONTACT ALUMA SYSTEMS ENGINEERING.

1) NEVER exceed the loads shown on the load charts for any application unless approved
in advance by Aluma Engineering.
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

2) Whenever Aluma equipment is used to support sloping slabs or beams, careful


consideration of the effects of sideways and lateral loads must be taken into account.
field, and is to be used with other data.

Connections between plywood, beams, stringers and trusses are especially


important to maintain stability whenever sloping concrete is supported.

3) Whenever wood packing is used on top chords, Aluma Joists and Ledgers, careful
consideration must be given to the effect of such packing on the stability and load
capacity of the top chords, Aluma Beams, Stringers and Strongbacks. In some cases,
the height of the packing may necessitate the use of Aluma Packing Clips or custom
connectors.

4) Never use Aluma members that are deformed outside specifications or in excess of
limitations.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
viii Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
General Guidelines
5) Always design the forming or shoring layout for the specific application at hand. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD YOU RELY ON LAYOUT INFORMATION FROM ANY
PREVIOUS CONSTRUCTION OR APPLICATION. RELIANCE ON PRIOR LAYOUTS
MAY RESULT IN AN IMPROPER DESIGN THAT MAY RESULT IN DEATH, SERIOUS
BODILY INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE.

6) Stability of Aluma Beams and Stringers is highly dependent upon the stability of the
trusses used to support them. Always ensure that the shoring is properly braced and the
height-to-base ratio of any independent shoring table does not exceed allowable values
stated in National, State, Provincial or local codes. This is particularly important for
applications involving sloping slabs and beams.

7) During table assembly, obey all safety codes and tie-off regulations. It is imperative that
experienced personnel supervise the overall erection, utilizing the approved drawings
and layout for the forming and shoring system to ensure that the completed installation is
in strict compliance with approved drawings and layout as well as the requirements of this
supplement. Careful planning of the assembly sequence is recommended, to ensure that
the safety of the erectors is assured at all times.

8) DO NOT use non-Aluma products as substitutes for Aluma equipment.

9) Whenever Aluma equipment is subjected to dynamic sideways loads, during construction


from motorized equipment, such as screed machines, concrete pumps etc, careful
consideration of the effects of such loads must be made.

10) Aluma Systems Engineering Manual has comprehensive data on all Aluma Systems

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
products. When designing applications involving Aluma Systems products, BE SURE TO
USE THE LATEST DESIGN DATA. A copy of the latest version of the Aluma Systems

field, and is to be used with other data.


Engineering Manual is available to qualified individuals upon request.

IF IN DOUBT, CONTACT YOUR LOCAL ALUMA


SYSTEMS BRANCH OR ENGINEERING OFFICE.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual ix
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Contact Information
CANADA (HEAD OFFICE):

55 Costa Road
Concord, ON.
L4K 1M8
Tel: 905-669-5282

MEXICO

Brand Aluma de Mexico S. DE R.L. DE CV


World Trade Center
Montecito No. 38 Col.
Napoles, Mexico. D.F.
Oficina Corporativa Piso 21, Numero 17.
Tel: 011-52-55-9000-3748

EUROPE & MIDDLE EAST

P.O. Box 102947


Al Quoz
Dubai, UAE
Tel: 011-971-4-341-3717

Aluma Systems Baltics


Gints Truselis
Citadeles 12
1010 Riga, Latvia
Tel: 371-649-7640
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

ASIA:
field, and is to be used with other data.

Krongkwan Co., Ltd.


124 Moo 4 , Soi Ramindra 39 Junction 22
Ramindra Road, Tharang, Bangkhen,
Bangkok 10220 Thailand
Tel: 66-2936-8500

HKL-Formaply
No 34 : Pioneer Sector 2,
2nd Floor, Salcon Building
Singapore 62389
Tel: 65-6268-0375

Aluma Systems C/O PT. Totalindo Eka Persada


KL Kapten Tendean No. 11
Jakarta, Indonesia
Tel: 62-21-526-2401

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
x Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard Alumalite Truss II General Components

TRUSS LENGTH

OUTER LEG TOP CHORD DIAGONAL BRACE


TRUSS DEPTH

U-PIN
BOTTOM CHORD

EXTENSION STAFF

BASE PLATE SCREWJACK HANDLE


SCREWJACK

Note: Outer Leg at 1.219m (4) c/c, Extension Staff at 1.219m (4) c/c or 2.438m (8) as required according to
loading.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
CROSSBRACE CROSSBRACE
TOP CHORD
BRACKET

field, and is to be used with other data.


U-PIN
HORIZONTAL
BOTTOM CHORD BRACE
EXTENSION STAFF

SCREWJACK BASE PLATE


HANDLE SCREWJACK

Sectional View

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.1.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard 8.53 m (28) Alumalite Truss II

Item # Weight
Types SAP Old kg lbs
Standard 8.53 m (28') Alumalite Truss II 1.8 m (6') Deep* 4609 38980 175.55 386.21
Standard 8.53 m (28') Alumalite Truss II 1.2 m (4') Deep* 4580 37880 145.84 320.85
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Description:
field, and is to be used with other data.

Alumalite Truss II is composed of 1.219 m (4) modules and can be connected to other trusses, truss connectors, or
square ends to increase truss length.

The 8.53m truss is only available for sale. For rental purposes, an 8.53m truss can be achieved by combining a
7.32m & a 1.22m truss.

Application:
Used as a vertical support in flying table forms.

Identification:
Six (6) double hollow outer legs as a vertical member of the truss at 1.219 m c/c & seven (7) diagonal braces at
every 1.219m bay connected to two (2) 8.528m top chord (item # 4601) and two (2) 6.415m bottom chords (item #
4602).

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.1.1 2.1.3
Design Data : 3.2.1 3.2.4, 3.3.1 3.3.4
Application : 4.2.1 4.2.7

*Available on sales basis only, subject to availability on rental project.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.1.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard 7.32 m (24) Alumalite Truss II

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Standard 7.32 m (24') Alumalite Truss II 1.8 m (6') Deep 4610 38970 147.31 324.08
Standard 7.32 m (24') Alumalite Truss II 1.2 m (4') Deep 4581 37870 122.38 269.24

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Description:
Alumalite Truss II is composed of 1.219 m (4) modules and can be connected to other trusses, truss connectors, or

field, and is to be used with other data.


square ends to increase truss length.

Application:
The 7.32m truss is the most popular length and is used as a vertical support in flying table forms.

Identification:
Five (5) double hollow outer legs as a vertical member of the truss at 1.219 m c/c, six (6) diagonal braces at every
1.219m bay connected to two (2) 7.310m top chord (item # 4562) and two (2) 5.196m bottom chords (item # 4563).

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.1.1 2.1.3
Design Data : 3.2.1 3.2.4, 3.3.1 3.3.4
Application : 4.2.1 4.2.7

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.1.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard 6.10 m (20) Alumalite Truss II

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Standard 6.10 m (20') Alumalite Truss II 1.8 m (6') Deep* 4611 38960 119.07 261.95
Standard 6.10 m (20') Alumalite Truss II 1.2 m (4') Deep* 4586 37860 98.92 217.62
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Description:
Alumalite Truss II is composed of 1.219 m (4) modules and can be connected to other trusses, truss connectors, or
square ends to increase truss length.
field, and is to be used with other data.

The 6.10m truss is only available for sale. For rental purposes a 6.10m truss can be obtained by combining a
standard 4.88m & a 1.22m truss.

Application:
Used as a vertical support in flying table forms.

Identification:
Four (4) double hollow outer legs as a vertical member of the truss at 1.219 m c/c, five (5) diagonal braces at every
1.219m bay connected to two (2) 6.091m top chords (item # 4560) and two (2) 3.977m bottom chords (item #
4561).

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.1.1 2.1.3
Design Data : 3.2.1 3.2.4, 3.3.1 3.3.4
Application : 4.2.1 4.2.7

*Available on sales basis only, subject to availability on rental project.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.1.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard 4.88 m (16) Alumalite Truss II

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Standard 4.88 m (16') Alumalite Truss II 1.8 m (6') Deep 4612 38940 90.85 199.87
Standard 4.88 m (16') Alumalite Truss II 1.2 m (4') Deep 4585 37840 75.48 166.06

Description:

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Alumalite Truss II is composed of 1.219 m (4) modules and can be connected to other trusses, truss connectors, or
square ends to increase truss length.

field, and is to be used with other data.


Application:
Used as a vertical support in flying table forms.

Identification:
Three (3) double hollow outer legs as a vertical member of the truss at 1.219 m c/c, four (4) diagonal braces at
every 1.219m bay connected to two (2) 4.872m top chord (item # 4558) and two (2) 2.758m bottom chords (item #
4559).

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.1.1 2.1.3
Design Data : 3.2.1 3.2.4, 3.3.1 3.3.4
Application : 4.2.1 4.2.7

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.1.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard 3.66 m (12) Alumalite Truss II

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Standard 3.66 m (12') Alumalite Truss II 1.8 m (6') Deep 4613 38903 62.61 137.74
Standard 3.66 m (12') Alumalite Truss II 1.2 m (4') Deep 4584 37830 52.02 114.44

Description:
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Alumalite Truss II is composed of 1.219 m (4) modules and can be connected to other trusses, truss connectors, or
square ends to increase truss length.
field, and is to be used with other data.

Application:
The standard 3.66m truss should only be used in combination with other lengths of trusses to form larger trusses.
If a 3.66m Table is required, a Square End should be added to a standard 3.66m truss or additional outer legs
should be added to a Modified 3.66m Truss. (see page 1.2.4)

Identification:
Two (2) double hollow outer legs as a vertical member of the truss at 1.219 m c/c, three (3) diagonal braces at
every 1.219m bay connected to two (2) 3.653m top chords (item # 4556) and two (2) 1.539 bottom chords (item #
4557).

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.1.1 2.1.3
Design Data : 3.2.1 3.2.4, 3.3.1 3.3.4
Application : 4.2.1 4.2.7

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.1.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard 2.44 m (8) Alumalite Truss II

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Standard 2.44 m (8') Alumalite Truss II 1.8 m (6') Deep* 4614 38920 34.29 75.44
Standard 2.44 m (8') Alumalite Truss II 1.2 m (4') Deep* 4583 37820 28.48 62.66

Description:
Alumalite Truss II is composed of 1.219 m (4) modules and can be connected to other trusses, truss connectors, or
square ends to increase truss length in increments of 1.219 m (4).

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Application:

field, and is to be used with other data.


The 2.44m Truss is only available for sale. Used as a spacer in forming longer truss as a vertical support in flying
table forms.

Identification:
One (1) double hollow outer legs as a vertical member, two (2) diagonal braces connected to two (2) 2.434m top
chords (item # 4605) and two (2) 0.300m bottom chords (item # 4606).

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.1.1 2.1.3
Design Data : 3.2.1 3.2.4, 3.3.1 3.3.4
Application : 4.2.1 4.2.7

*Available on sales basis only, subject to availability on rental project.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.1.7
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard 1.22 m (4) Alumalite Truss II

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Standard 1.22 m (4') Alumalite Truss II 1.8 m (6') Deep 4615 38950 40.74 89.63
Standard 1.22 m (4') Alumalite Truss II 1.2 m (4') Deep 4582 37801 35.96 79.11

Description:
Alumalite Truss II is composed of 1.219 m (4) modules and can be connected to other trusses, truss connectors, or
square ends to increase truss length in increments of 1.219 m (4).

Application:
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Used as a spacer in forming longer truss as a vertical support in flying table forms.
field, and is to be used with other data.

Identification:
Single double hollow outer leg as a vertical member, single diagonal brace, and splice plates connected to two (2)
1.215m top chord (item # 4628) and to two (2) 1.209m bottom chords (item # 4627).

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.1.1 2.1.3
Design Data : 3.2.1 3.2.4, 3.3.1 3.3.4
Application : 4.2.1 4.2.7

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.1.8 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard Alumalite Truss II Square End

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Standard Alumalite Truss II 1.8 m (6') Deep Square End 4617 38801 28.77 63.29

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Standard Alumalite Truss II 1.2 m (4') Deep Square End 4588 37800 25.02 55.04

field, and is to be used with other data.


Description:
Square End allows the placement of an additional leg at the end of the truss.

Application:
The Square Ends connects to the end of other Alumalite Trusses to provide additional support at the end of those
trusses. Splice plates are part of the assembly.

Identification:
Single double hollow outer leg at the end of truss, splice plates connected at the top of outer leg and two (2)
1.209m bottom chords (item # 4627) with splice plates connected.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.1.3
Application : 4.2.6

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.1.9
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard Truss II Connector

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Standard Alumalite Truss II 1.8 m (6') Deep Truss Connector 4616 38902 39.73 87.41
Standard Alumalite Truss II 1.2 m (4') Deep Truss Connector 4587 37802 35.98 79.16

Description:
A Truss Connector Allows the Placement of an additional leg between two trusses and splices them together.

Application:
The Alumalite Truss Connector is used to connect two Alumalite Truss II trusses together to form longer truss.
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Identification:
Single double hollow outer leg as a vertical member of the truss, splice plates connected at the top of outer leg and
two (2) 2.110m bottom chords (item # 4552) with splice plates connected.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.1.3
Application : 4.2.7

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.1.10 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Modified Alumalite Truss II General Components

TRUSS LENGTH

OUTER LEG TOP CHORD DIAGONAL BRACE


TRUSS DEPTH

U-PIN
BOTTOM CHORD

EXTENSION STAFF

BASE PLATE SCREWJACK HANDLE


SCREWJACK

Note: Outer Leg at 2.413m (8) c/c for lighter structure. Additional Outer Legs can be added to increase the
capacity as required.

Modified Alumalite Trusses can not be flown with glides due to bottom chord capacity, therefore, use either
drop centre dollies, swivel rollers, or landing dollies to move table.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
CROSSBRACE

field, and is to be used with other data.


TOP CHORD CROSSBRACE
BRACKET

U-PIN
HORIZONTAL
BOTTOM CHORD BRACE
EXTENSION STAFF

SCREWJACK BASE PLATE


HANDLE SCREWJACK

Sectional View

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 1.2.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Modified 7.32 m (24) Alumalite Truss II

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Modified 7.32 m (24') Alumalite Truss II 1.8 m (6') Deep 4621 35570 122.73 270.01
Modified 7.32 m (24') Alumalite Truss II 1.2 m (4') Deep 4592 36870 105.30 231.66
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Description:
field, and is to be used with other data.

Alumalite Truss II @ 2.44 (8) modules may be connected to other trusses, truss connectors, or square ends to
increase truss length.

Application:
The 7.32m truss is the most popular length and is used as a vertical support in flying table forms. When flying
modified tables low glides should never be used. Use drop centre dollies, swivel rollers, or landing dollies to move
table.

Identification:
(1) Three (3) double hollow outer legs at 2.44 m c/c as a vertical members of the truss.
(2) Modified Truss components are the same as Standard Truss Components.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.1.4
Design Data : 3.2.1 3.2.4, 3.3.1 3.3.4
Application : 4.2.3, 4.2.14 4.2.17

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
1.2.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Modified 4.88 m (16) Alumalite Truss II

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Modified 4.88 m (16') Alumalite Truss II 1.8 m (6') Deep 4633 35540 78.56 172.83
Modified 4.88 m (16') Alumalite Truss II 1.2 m (4') Deep 4594 36840 66.94 147.27

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Description:
Alumalite Truss II @ 1.219 (4) modules may be connected to other trusses, truss connectors, or square ends to

field, and is to be used with other data.


increase truss length.

Application:
Used as a vertical support in flying table forms. When flying modified tables, low glides should never be used. Use
drop centre dollies, swivel rollers, or landing dollies to move table.

Identification:
(1) Two (2) double hollow outer legs at 2.44 m c/c as a vertical members of the truss.
(2) Modified Truss components are the same as Standard Truss Components.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.1.4
Design Data : 3.2.1 3.2.4, 3.3.1 3.3.4
Application : 4.2.3, 4.2.14 4.2.17

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 1.2.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Modified 3.66m (12) Alumalite Truss II

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Modified 3.66 m (12') Alumalite Truss II 1.8 m (6') Deep N/A N/A 73.89 162.56
Modified 3.66 m (12') Alumalite Truss II 1.2 m (4') Deep 36830 N/A 63.30 139.26

Description:
Alumalite Truss II @ 1.219 (4) modules may be connected to other trusses, truss connectors, or square ends to
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

increase truss length.


field, and is to be used with other data.

Application:
Used as a vertical support in flying table forms. Additional legs can be added to form a standard 3.66m Alumalite
Truss table. When flying modified tables, low glides should never be used. Use drop centre dollies, swivel rollers,
or landing dollies to move table.

Identification:
Two (2) double hollow outer legs as a vertical member of the truss at 2.44 m c/c, three (3) diagonal braces at every
1.219m bay connected to two (2) 3.653m top chords (item # 4556) and two (2) 2.758 bottom chords (item # 2758)

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.1.4
Design Data : 3.2.1 3.2.4, 3.3.1 3.3.4
Application : 4.2.3, 4.2.14 4.2.17

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
1.2.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Top Chord
*

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
8.528 m Top Chord for 8.5 m Truss 4601 38981 17.66 38.85
7.310 m Top Chord for 7.3 m Truss 4562 38971 15.13 33.29
6.091 m Top Chord for 6.1 m Truss 4560 38961 12.61 27.74
4.872 m Top Chord for 4.8 m Truss 4558 38941 10.09 22.20
3.653 m Top Chord for 3.6 m Truss 4556 38931 7.56 16.63

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


2.434 m Top Chord for 2.4 m Truss 4605 38921 5.04 11.09

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


1.215 m Top Chord for 1.2 m Truss 4628 38901 2.58 5.68

field, and is to be used with other data.


Description:
The Alumalite Truss II Top Chord is an aluminum extrusion with holes for Outer Legs, Diagonal Braces and Splice
Plates.

Application:
Top Chords are used in pairs as the top member in Alumalite Truss II.

Identification:
Standard hole patterns at 1.219 m (4) Centre with double half holes at both ends of each member.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.1
Design Data : 3.1.1

*Available on sales basis only, subject to availability on rental project.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.3.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Bottom Chord
*

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
6.415 m Bottom Chord for 8.5 m Truss 4602 38982 13.28 29.22
5.196 m Bottom Chord for 7.3 m Truss 4563 38972 10.76 23.67
3.977 m Bottom Chord for 6.1 m Truss 4561 38962 8.23 18.11
2.758 m Bottom Chord for 4.8 m Truss 4559 38942 5.71 12.56
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

1.539 m Bottom Chord for 3.6 m Truss 4557 30912 3.19 7.02
0.3 m Bottom Chord for 2.4 m Truss 4606 38922 0.62 1.36
field, and is to be used with other data.

1.209 m Bottom Chord for 1.2 m Truss 4627 38802 2.50 5.50
2.110 m Bottom Chord for Truss Connector 4552 38952 4.37 9.61

Description:
The Alumalite Truss II Bottom Chord is an aluminum extrusion with holes for Outer Legs, Diagonal Braces and
Splice Plates.

Application:
Bottom chords are used in pairs as the bottom member in Alumalite Truss II.

Identification:
Standard hole patterns at 1.219 m (4) centre with single hole 55 mm (2) from both end of member.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.2
Design Data : 3.1.1

*Available on sales basis only, subject to availability on rental project.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.3.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Outer Leg
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
1.793 m Outer Leg for 1.8 m Deep Truss 4576 30800 10.33 22.73
1.193 m Outer Leg for 1.2 m Deep Truss 4555 30200 6.58 14.48

Description:
Double hollow aluminum section used as a vertical member for the Alumalite Truss II.

Application:
Bolted to Alumalite Top and Bottom Chords to form an Alumalite Truss II. Double hollow
sections allow for top and bottom extension staff.

Identification:
Patented double hollow extrusions with holes on both sides makes this member unique in
the market.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.3, 2.2.4
Design Data : 3.1.2

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.3.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Diagonal Brace
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
2.012 m Diagonal Brace for 1.8 m Deep Truss 4577 30850 4.36 9.59
1.761 m Diagonal Brace for 1.5 m Deep Truss* N/A N/A 3.60 7.92
1.529 m Diagonal Brace for 1.2 m Deep Truss 4551 30250 3.33 7.33
1.389 m Diagonal Brace for 0.9 m Deep Extension* N/A 30253 2.85 6.27

Description:
69 mm square aluminum tubes are used as diagonals for Alumalite Truss.

Application:
Bolted to Alumalite Top and Bottom Chords to form the Alumalite Truss II.

Identification:
One side at each end was cut out to prevent interference with Outer Legs in Alumalite
Truss II assembly.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.6
Design Data : 3.1.4

*Available on sales basis only, subject to availability on rental project.


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.3.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Extension Staff
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
1.794 m Extension Staff for 1.8 m Deep Truss 4600 30206 4.74 10.43
1.194 m Extension Staff for 1.2m Deep Truss 4572 30201 3.16 6.95

Description:
60.3 mm aluminum hollow tubes used as extension legs for Alumalite Truss.

Application:
Slides into the Alumalite Outer Leg and is fixed into position by U-pins, allowing bottom or
top extension in truss.

Identification:
3 holes at one end to allow the extension staff to extend in increments of 75 mm (3).

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.5
Design Data : 3.1.3, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.4

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
U Pin 238 534 0.91 2.00

Description:

field, and is to be used with other data.


19.05 mm C1018 zinc plated steel rod.

Application:
Secures inner legs to outer legs.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.3.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Screwjack
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Universal Screwjack Assembly 513 530 5.50 12.10

Description:
48 mm (1.9) Screwjack with handle.

Application:
Used with the Extension Staff and Base Plate to level truss panels and achieve final table
height.

References:
Product Detail : 2.2.7

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Universal Screwjack 514 530A 4.40 9.68

Description:
48 mm (1.9) x 812 mm (32) long steel tube with 610 mm thread.

Application:
Used with the Base Plate and Screwjack Handle to make the Jackscrew Assembly.
Adjusts height and plumbing of Alumalite Truss.
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

References:
Product Detail : 2.2.7
field, and is to be used with other data.

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Screwjack Handle 515 530B 1.10 2.20

Description:
Cast Iron Handle.

Application:
Used with the Universal Screwjack to adjust height and plumbing of Alumalite Truss.

Identification:
Text 530B is embossed in handle to identify the item

References:
Product Detail : 2.2.7

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.3.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Screwjack Accessories
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Screwjack Base Plate 474 4710-00 3.63 7.99

Description:
Steel base plate.

Application:
Attached to the Screwjack using a rivet and hitch pin.

References:
Product Detail : 2.2.8
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Wire Screwjack Retainer 8682 N/A 0.05 0.11

Description:
700 mm (27.5) long wire cable with collar pinched loop at one end and shackle at the
other.

Application:
When flying, it wraps around the jack handle, to secure the Screwjack inside the
extension staff.

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
5/8 x 3 Rivet 3991 4423-00 0.14 0.31

Description:

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
5/8 x 3 steel rivet.

field, and is to be used with other data.


Application:
Secures base plate to Screwjack.

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Hitch Pin 4045 4423-10 0.01 0.02

Description:
9 mm bent rod.

Application:
Safety pin for rivet and u-pin.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.3.7
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Chord Accessories
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Chord Splice Plate 4553 30106 2.13 4.69

Description:
Steel plate with 8 holes for 5/8 Bolts.

Application:
Used to splice Alumalite Truss Chords. Same item for both top and bottom. Two
plates required for each connection.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.9
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Bottom Chord Spacer 4554 30104 0.02 0.04

Description:
Aluminum pipe.

Application:
Used as a spacer between Alumalite Truss Chords, held in place with the 5/8" x 4"
Bolt Assembly.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.9
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Crossbrace Bracket 4571 31901 0.59 1.30
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Description:
Bent steel plate.
field, and is to be used with other data.

Application:
Bolts onto the top & bottom chord channels using the 5/8 bolts from the truss and onto
the crossbraces using bolts.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.15
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Base Plate Hook 4573 30901 0.05 0.11

Description:
steel wire.

Application:
Using an Aluma Bolt, bolt the Base Plate Hook between the Top Chord channels. This
allows the Base Plate/Screwjack assembly to be attached to the truss assembly during
flying.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.3.8 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Crossbrace
Item # Weight
Designation
SAP Old kg lbs
1800 x 3600 (31.75 mm) Crossbrace 4771 31836 10.97 24.13
1800 x 3300 (31.75 mm) Crossbrace N/A 31833 10.36 22.79
1800 x 3000 (31.75 mm) Crossbrace 4643 31830 9.54 20.99
1800 x 2700 (31.75 mm) Crossbrace 4764 31827 8.85 19.47
1800 x 2400 (31.75 mm) Crossbrace 4763 31824 8.19 18.02
1800 x 2100 (31.75 mm) Crossbrace 4642 31821 7.56 16.63
1800 x 1800 (25.4 mm) Crossbrace 4762 31818 2.38 5.24
1800 x 1500 (25.4 mm) Crossbrace 4641 31815 2.19 4.82
1800 x 1200 (25.4 mm) Crossbrace 4442 31812 2.02 4.44
1200 x 3000 (31.75 mm) Crossbrace 4653 31230 8.84 19.45
1200 x 2700 (31.75 mm) Crossbrace 4652 31227 8.08 17.78
1200 x 2400 (31.75 mm) Crossbrace 4651 31224 7.35 16.17
1200 x 2100 (25.4 mm) Crossbrace 4421 31221 2.26 4.97
1200 x 1800 (25.4 mm) Crossbrace 4632 31218 2.01 4.42
1200 x 1500 (25.4 mm) Crossbrace 4629 31215 1.77 3.89
1200 x 1200 (25.4 mm) Crossbrace 4630 31212 1.55 3.41

Description:
1" or 1" steel tubes with end holes for " bolts that brace two trusses together in order
to form a table.

Application:
The holes at the end of each tube allow the connection of Alumalite trusses at the
Crossbrace Bracket locations. When used in Alumalite Truss the designation of the
crossbrace will denote the overall width of the table and the centre to centre dimension of
outer legs.

Identification:

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Crossbraces are colour coded according to their size by combinations of two colours,
Colour A (White/Black) and Colour B. Colour A can be found at one end of a member,

field, and is to be used with other data.


Colour B at the opposite end. All possibilities are listed in the table below.

Black White
Red 1200 x 1200 1800 x 1200
Orange 1200 x 1500 1800 x 1500
Yellow 1200 x 1800 1800 x 1800
Green 1200 x 2100 1800 x 2100
Blue 1200 x 2400 1800 x 2400
Magenta 1200 x 2700 1800 x 2700
Purple 1200 x 3000 1800 x 3000
Brown - 1800 x 3300
Pink - 1800 x 3600

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.13
Design Data : 3.1.5, 3.1.6
Application : 4.3.3, 4.3.4

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.3.9
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Horizontal Brace
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
3600 mm Horizontal Brace 4790 34361 4.29 9.44
3300 mm Horizontal Brace 4789 34330 3.92 8.62
3000 mm Horizontal Brace 4788 34300 3.55 7.81
2700 mm Horizontal Brace 4787 34270 3.19 7.02
2400 mm Horizontal Brace 4786 34240 2.82 6.20
2100 mm Horizontal Brace 4785 34210 2.45 5.39
1800 mm Horizontal Brace 4784 34180 2.08 4.58
1500 mm Horizontal Brace 4783 34150 1.71 3.76
1200 mm Horizontal Brace 4782 34120 1.34 2.95

Description:
37 mm Single steel tube with end holes for " bolts, used to increase the stability of the
Alumalite Truss II Bottom Chord.

Application:
Attached to the Crossbrace Bracket of the Bottom Chord to increase the capacity of the
outer leg when the extension is greater than 900 mm.

Identification:
Horizontal braces are colour coded according to their type. The identifying colour can be
found at one end of the member. All possibilities are listed in the table below.

Colour Type
Red 1200 mm Horizontal Brace
Orange 1500 mm Horizontal Brace
Yellow 1800 mm Horizontal Brace
Green 2100 mm Horizontal Brace
Blue 2400 mm Horizontal Brace
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Magenta 2700 mm Horizontal Brace


Purple 3000 mm Horizontal Brace
field, and is to be used with other data.

Brown 3300 mm Horizontal Brace


Pink 3600 mm Horizontal Brace
Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.14
Design Data : 3.1.6

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.3.10 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Guardrail Support
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Guardrail Assembly 2266-45 N/A 11.08 24.38

Description:
Guardrail assembly used on the Alumalite Truss system.

Application:
Bolts onto the joists to provide fall protection for workers working at the edge of the
Alumalite Truss tables. Wood rails to be supplied by contractor.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.16
Application : 4.5.5

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Guardrail Bracket 2266-44A N/A 4.89 10.76

Description:
Guardrail support bracket used on the Alumalite Truss system.

Application:
Bolts onto the joists to provide fall protection for workers working at the edge of the
Alumalite Truss tables.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.16

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


Application : 4.5.5

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


Item # Weight
Types

field, and is to be used with other data.


SAP Old kg lbs
1.5m Guardrail Post 2266-44B N/A 5.88 12.94

Description:
48.3mm aluminum tube with drilled hole at one end.

Application:
Inserts into the guardrail bracket to complete guardrail assembly. Used as guardrail post
in the Alumalite Truss system. Same item can be used as Catwalk Bracket in Aluma
Wallform systems.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.16
Application : 4.5.5

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.3.11
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Hardware
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
5/8 x 4 Hex. Head Bolt Assembly 4665 998 0.49 1.08
x 1 Hex Bolt Assembly 4355 954 0.10 0.22
Description:
Standard A325 bolts used to connect Alumalite Trusses members. Bolt Assembly
consists of 1 bolt, 1 lock washer & 1 hex nut.

Application:
5/8 x 4 used to connect truss members. x 1 used to fix crossbrace to
crossbrace bracket.
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
x 1 : Aluma Bolt Assembly 4351 955 0.08 0.18
Description:
(12.7 mm) x 2 (50.8 mm) Aluma bolt assembly with special oval head. Square
shoulder allows bolt to be inserted into beams, stringers, or strongbacks.

Application:
The Aluma bolt is used to fasten clamps to beams, stringers, or strongbacks.

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
A-Clamp Assembly 3371 910 0.16 0.35
Description:
One Aluma Bolt is used with 'A' clamp as a fastening device.

Application:
Used to fasten Aluma beams or stringers to trusses, strongbacks or another beam or
stringer.
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Item # Weight
Types
field, and is to be used with other data.

SAP Old kg lbs


Aluminum A-Clamp Assembly 4046 920 0.15 0.33
Description:
One Aluma Bolt is used with 'A' clamp as a fastening device.

Application:
Used to fasten Aluma beams or stringers to trusses, strongbacks or another beam or
stringer.

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Aluma Clip 9306 N/A 0.07 0.15
Description:
New A-Clip used with Aluma Bolt as fastening device. Specifically designed to be used
with the 122 & 90 beam.

Application:
This item can be used to replace the old Packing Clip, Aluma Clamp and can provide a
solid connection to the 122 Beam top flange. When using 122 Beam as ledger, this item
should be used.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.3.12 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Steel Accessories
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Steel Packer* Varies N/A Varies Varies

Description:
Steel plates welded to tube with slots on the plate for attachment with Alumalite Truss
and Aluma beams. Height of Steel Packer varies according to application.

Application:
Connects to Aluma ledger and Alumalite Truss top chord with 6 Aluma bolt assemblies.

Identification:
Product Detail : 2.2.17
Application : 4.5.1

Note:
* Available on sales basis only. Subject to availability on rental projects.

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


Top Jack Bracket Assembly 2495-F10A N/A 8.10 17.82

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


Description:

field, and is to be used with other data.


Adjustable Jack Screw assembly, with an iron bracket that is bolted to the top chord with
4 Aluma Bolts. Assembly comes with one (1) 600mm Jack Screw, a Top Jack Bracket,
and a Steel Base Plate.

Application:
Bolts on to top chord of Alumalite Truss, and used as an adjustable steel packer.
Operating range of 125mm (min.) to 550mm (max.).

References:
Product Detail : 2.2.18
Application : 4.5.2

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.3.13
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Steel Accessories
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
600 Top Jack Screw N/A N/A 3.20 7.04

Description:
48.3mm (1.9) acme threaded rod.

Application:
Threaded rod used to adjust height of Top Jack Assembly.

References:
Product Detail : 2.2.18
Application : 4.5.2

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Hinge Bracket N/A N/A Varies Varies

Description:
Bracket with a 17.5 mm hole that accepts a 16 mm (5/8") bolt.

Application:
The top bolts to Aluma beams with Aluma bolts. The 17.5 mm hole allows hinging of
the Hinge Arm. Variable heights to accommodate slab or beam.

References:
Product Detail : 2.2.19
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

Application : 4.5.3
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Hinge Arm (w/out Bolt Assembly) 5781 947710 2.63 5.79
Hinge Arm (w/ Bolt Assembly) 8481 947710A 3.27 7.19

Description:
Steel channel with 3 holes.

Application:
Bolts onto Hinge Bracket and to Aluma ledger.

References:
Product Detail : 2.2.19
Application : 4.5.3

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.3.14 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Truss Jacks
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Aluma Truss Jack 305 - 457 mm (12" 18") 365 903 9.5 21.0
Aluma Truss Jack 457 - 610 mm (18" 24") 364 902 10.4 23.0
Aluma Truss Jack 610 - 762 mm (24" 30") 366 904 12.3 25.0
Aluma Truss Jack 750 - 900 mm (30 35) N/A 947781 15.24 33.53

Description:
Aluminum top casting and steel bottom fabrication or aluminum casting with jack screw
connection.

Application:
Used to level truss panels and achieve final height.

Reference:
Design Data : 3.2.2, 3.3.2
Application : 4.3.5

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
603 mm (750-900) Truss Jack Housing N/A 1184-F16 8.83 19.40
453 mm (600-750) Truss Jack Housing N/A 1184-F12 7.58 16.70
303 mm (450-600) Truss Jack Housing N/A 1184-F18 6.33 13.90

Description:
Steel housing for the Alumalite Truss Jacks.

Application:
Holds the Truss Jackscrew. Used along with Truss Jack Lock Bracket (5091), Screwjack
Handle (515) and Screwjack Base Plate (474).

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.10

field, and is to be used with other data.


Application : 4.3.5

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.3.15
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Truss Jacks Accessories
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Truss Jack Lock Bracket 5091 947776 0.23 0.51

Description:
Steel bracket.

Application:
Bolted to the Outer Leg and used to lock Truss Jack into the locked position.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.11

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Truss Jack Hinge 5091 947776 0.23 0.51

Description:
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

Steel Hinge Bracket.


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Application:
field, and is to be used with other data.

Bolts onto the Bottom Chord of the Alumalite Truss to allow the Truss Jack Assembly to
fold up for truss flying.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.2.12

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.3.16 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Hinge Chamfer Hinge
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
0.9 m Beamside Chamfer Hinge 5064 33600.9 1.77 3.90
1.0 m Beamside Chamfer Hinge 4883 33601.0 1.97 4.33
1.22 m Beamside Chamfer Hinge 8027 33601.22 2.40 5.29
1.5 m Beamside Chamfer Hinge 5065 33601.5 2.96 6.50
1.8 m Beamside Chamfer Hinge 5066 33601.8 3.55 7.80
2.4 m Beamside Chamfer Hinge 5068 33602.4 4.73 10.40
2.7 m Beamside Chamfer Hinge 5275 33602.7 5.32 11.70
3.6 m Beamside Chamfer Hinge 8032 33603.6 7.09 15.60
11.9 m Beamside Chamfer Hinge 5071 33611.9 23.44 51.57

Description:
Aluminum extrusion with 18 mm step at one side to accept plywood and an acute angle
for hinging.

Application:
Used to form concrete beams and slabs. Hooks onto Hinge Rail Beam at one end and is
attached to plywood at the other. The plywood will form one side of the concrete beam or
slab. The extrusion is designed to accept 18 mm (11/16) thick plywood.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.3.1
Design Data : 3.1.7
Application : 4.4.1 4.4.3

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.4.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Hinge 122 18 Hinge Rail Beam
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
11.7 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 4904 43511.7 26.79 58.94
10.8 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 5078 43510.8 24.73 54.41
6.9 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 5215 43506.9 15.80 34.76
6.0 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 5214 43506 13.74 30.23
5.4 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 5286 43505.4 12.37 27.21
5.1 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 4903 43505.1 11.68 25.69
4.5 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 4902 43504.5 10.31 22.67
3.9 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 4901 43503.9 8.93 19.65
3.6 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 5077 43503.6 8.24 18.14
2.7 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 5213 43502.7 6.18 13.60
2.4 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 8024 43502.4 5.50 12.09
2.1 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 4900 43502.1 4.81 10.58
1.8 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 8048 43501.8 4.12 9.07
1.5 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 8111 43501.5 3.44 7.56
1.2 m 122-18 Hinge Rail Beam 4896 43501.2 2.75 6.05

Description:
122 mm Deep Aluminum Extrusion to accept plywood and beamside hinge.

Application:
Used with Chamfer Hinge to form concrete beam/slab connections. Section is designed
to work with Aluma 122 Beam and 18 mm thick plywood. Slot at the bottom of the
extrusion, when used with Hinge Lock Bar, will allow the same extrusion to form
concrete beams in both directions of the table form.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.3.1
Design Data : 3.1.8
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Application : 4.4.1 4.4.3


field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.4.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Hinge 140 18 Hinge Rail Beam
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
140 18 Hinge Rail Beam Varies Varies Varies Varies

Description:
140 mm Deep Aluminum Extrusion to accept plywood and beamside hinge.

Application:
Used with Chamfer Hinge to form concrete beam/slab connections. Section is designed
to work with Aluma 140 Beam and 18 mm thick plywood. Slot at the bottom of the
extrusion, when used with Hinge Lock Bar, will allow the same extrusion to form
concrete beams in both directions of the table form.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.3.1
Design Data : 3.1.9
Application : 4.4.1 4.4.3

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.4.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Hinge Form Latch Anchor
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
11.9 m Form Latch Anchor 4895 33811.9 14.52 31.94
3.2 m Form Latch Anchor 5076 33803.2 3.90 8.59
2.4 m Form Latch Anchor 4894 33802.4 2.93 6.44
1.8 m Form Latch Anchor 4893 33801.8 2.20 4.83
1.5 m Form Latch Anchor 4892 33801.5 1.83 4.03
1.2 m Form Latch Anchor 4890 33801.2 1.46 3.22
0.9 m Form Latch Anchor 8034 33800.9 1.10 2.42

Description:
Aluminum extrusion to hold plywood, with rectangular corner for plywood attachment and
rounded end for hinging with the Form Latch.

Application:
Fixed 18 mm plywood to concrete beam soffit form by woodscrews. Used with the Form
Latch to lock the plywood forming the sides of the concrete beam into place. Slot (pointing
downward in application) allows use of the A-Bolt.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.3.2
Design Data : 3.1.10
Application : 4.4.1 4.4.3
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.4.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Hinge Form Latch Type I
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
11.9 m Form Latch Type 1 4889 33711.9 19.87 43.72
3.2 m Form Latch Type 1 4888 33703.2 5.34 11.76
2.44 m Form Latch Type 1 5451 33702.44 4.07 8.96
1.8 m Form Latch Type 1 4887 33701.8 3.01 6.61
1.5 m Form Latch Type 1 5073 33701.5 2.51 5.51
1.2 m Form Latch Type 1 5072 33701.2 2.00 4.41

Description:
Aluminum extrusion with curved end for hinging with the Form Latch Anchor.

Application:
Used to lock the plywood forming the sides of the concrete beam and attaches to the
Form Latch Anchor. Locks into position with an A-Bolt.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.3.2
Design Data : 3.1.11
Application : 4.4.1 4.4.3

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.4.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Hinge Accessories
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Hinge Rail Beam Lock Bar Assembly 4880 33258 0.60 1.32

Description:
Steel bar with 12.7mm (0.5") flat head bolt and locating steel plate.

Application:
Secures Hinge Rail Beam to end of Aluma joist. Used when beamside form is
perpendicular to joists in table form.

References:
Product Detail : 2.3.3
Application : 4.4.2

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Hinge Rail Beam Extend Lock Bar Assy 2295-03 N/A 1.58 3.48

Description:
Steel bar with two (2) 12.7mm (0.5") flat head bolt and locating steel angle.

Application:
Provides additional extension (up to 65mm Max.) for the Hinge Rail Beam when
securing it to Aluma Joist.

References:
Product Detail : 2.3.4
Application : 4.4.1
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
field, and is to be used with other data.

Beam Inside Corner Assembly 490-F138 N/A Varies Varies

Description:
Made from 1.6mm thick steel plates, with variable height to suit application.

Application:
Used as an end cap for where two Chamfer Hinges meet, such as when the table is
forming a slab with beams in 2 directions. The Beam Inside Corner Assembly is nailed
to the top of the plywood to keep it in place.

References:
Product Detail : 2.3.5
Application : 4.4.4

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.4.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Hinge Accessories
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
#10 x 20 mm Woodscrew 5139 807 N/A N/A
#12 x 1 Woodscrew N/A 808 N/A N/A

Description:
long #10 woodscrew for 122 Beam and 1 long woodscrew for 141 Beam.

Application:
Used to fix plywood to Aluma joists, Chamfer Hinge and Latch Anchor.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.4.7
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.4.8 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Truss Handling Equipment
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Single Low Glide 4431 30390 7.49 16.47

Description:
Steel framed roller.

Application:
The Bottom Chords of the Alumalite Truss II table sits on the Single Low Glide and
allows the table to roll out of the building after the stripping operation.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.4.1
Appendix : E
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Standard Glide 373 925 27.22 59.88

Description:
Steel framed roller.

Application:
The Bottom Chords of the Alumalite Truss II table sits on the Standard Glide and allows
the table to roll out of the building after the stripping operation.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.4.2
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Swivel Roller 4603 32301 9.55 21.00

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Description:
Hollow steel section with swivel castor.

field, and is to be used with other data.


Application:
The Swivel Roller bolts to Bottom Chord of Alumalite Truss for moving purposes.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.4.3
Appendix : F
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Drop Centre Dolly 5127 947107 43.18 95.00

Description:
Steel dolly with 4 castors.

Application:
Bottom chords of Alumalite Truss rests on the Drop Centre Dolly after stripping and
allows table to roll out for flying.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.4.4

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.5.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Truss Handling Accessories
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Nylon Sling 266 N/A 5.40 12.00

Description:
Nylon sling 6 x 6 (1.83m x 15.2cm) with end rings

Application:
The Nylon Sling is used to pick-up and fly truss panels and occasionally wall forms.

Capacities: Vertical 9600 lbs (4355 kg); Choker 7200 lbs (3266 kg); Basket
19237 lbs (8727 kg)

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Alumalite Truss Lowering Device 4321 6 81.82 180.00

Description:
Lowering device.

Application:
The Alumalite Truss Lowering Device is used lower Alumalite Trusses. 1.2m maximum
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

travel distance in a two step process.


field, and is to be used with other data.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.4.5
Appendix : E, F, G

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.5.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Truss Handling Equipment
Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Landing Dolly Upper Unit 376 928 51.30 113.10

Description:
Welded tube frame with j-head, screw and swivel casters.

Application:
The Landing Dolly receives truss panels for final positioning after flying and frees the
crane to fly other tables.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.4.6
Appendix : G

Capacity:
Max. height 4-4 (1.32m)
Closed height 2-6(0.762m)
Safe work load 4000 lbs (1814 kg)

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Truss Landing Dolly Lower Unit 379 929A 216.0 98.0

Description:
Welded tube frame.

Application:
Attaches to the Landing Dolly Upper Unit for increased height.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Reference:
Product Detail : 2.4.6

field, and is to be used with other data.


Capacity: (When used with Landing Dolly Upper Unit)
Max. height 6-0 (1.83 m)
Closed height 4-2 (1.27 m)
Safe work load 4000 lbs (1814 kg)

Item # Weight
Types
SAP Old kg lbs
Intermediate Truss Landing Dolly PD-080-A001 N/A 47.38 104.23

Description:
Welded tube frame with j-head, shorten 1.0m Screwjack screw and casters.

Application:
The Landing Dolly receives truss panels for final positioning after flying and frees the
crane to fly other tables.

Reference:
Product Detail : 2.4.6

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 1.5.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
1.5.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
1.2 m Deep Alumalite Truss II Typical Dimensions

1219.0 mm 1219.0 mm
[48.000 "] [48.000 "]
6 @ 110 =
660.0 mm 1.5 mm
[25.984 "] [0.059 "]
A B

[2.362 "]
60.0 mm
1076.0 mm
1200.0 mm
[47.244 "]

[42.362 "]

79 mm
"]
[5 8.0
5
6
7.
14
C

110.0 mm 999.0 mm
[4.331 "] [39.331 "]

TRUSS TOP CHORD TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD


69.0 mm

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
[2.717 "] DIAGONAL
5/8" X 4 1/2" OR OUTER LEG

field, and is to be used with other data.


BOLT ASS'Y

OUTER LEG
BOTTOM CHORD
SPACER

SECTION 'A' SECTION 'B' SECTION 'C'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 2.1.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
1.8 m Deep Alumalite Truss II Typical Dimensions

1219.0 mm 1219.0 mm
[48.000 "] [48.000 "]

A B 1.5 mm
[0.059 "]
1676.0 mm
1800.0 mm

[65.984 "]
[70.866 "]

.81 m
[76 1.1 m

]
7"
5
19
C

110.0 mm 999.0 mm
[4.331 "] [39.332 "]
69.0 mm
[2.717 "] TRUSS TOP CHORD DIAGONAL
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

OR OUTER LEG
5/8" X 4 1/2"
BOLT ASS'Y
field, and is to be used with other data.

OUTER LEG BOTTOM CHORD


SPACER

TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD

SECTION 'A' SECTION 'B' SECTION 'C'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
2.1.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard Alumalite Truss II Component Breakdown

Quantity Used By
Standard 1.2m Deep with Length (m) Standard 1.8m Deep with Length (m)
SAP CAD Description 8.53 7.32 6.10 4.88 3.66 2.44 1.22 S.E. T.C. 8.53 7.32 6.10 4.88 3.66 2.44 1.22 S.E. T.C.
4601 38981 Top Chord Channel 8.528m 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - -
TOP CHORD CHANNEL

4562 38971 Top Chord Channel 7.310m - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -

4560 38961 Top Chord Channel 6.091m - - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - -

4558 38941 Top Chord Channel 4.872m - - - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - -

4556 38931 Top Chord Channel 3.653m - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - - -

4605 38921 Top Chord Channel 2.434m - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - -

4628 38901 Top Chord Channel 1.215m - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - -

4602 38982 Bottom Chord Channel 6.415m 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - -


BOTTOM CHORD CHANNEL

4563 38972 Bottom Chord Channel 5.196m - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -

4561 38962 Bottom Chord Channel 3.977m - - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - -

4599 38942 Bottom Chord Channel 2.758m - - - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - -

4552 38952 Bottom Chord Channel 2.110m - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - 2

4557 30912 Bottom Chord Channel 1.539m - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - - -

4606 38922 Bottom Chord Channel 0.3m - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - - -

4616 38902 Bottom Chord Channel 1.209m - - - - - - 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 -

4577 30850 Diagonal Brace 2.02m - - - - - - - - - 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 - -


TRUSS ACCESSORIES

4551 30250 Diagonal Brace 1.538m 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - - - -

4576 30800 Outer Leg 1.793m - - - - - - - - - 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 1 1

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


4555 32000 Outer Leg 1.193m 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - -

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


4554 30104 Bottom Chord Spacer 5 4 3 2 1 - 1 1 2 5 4 3 2 1 - 1 1 2

4553 30106 Chord Splice Plate - - - - - - 4 4 6 - - - - - - 4 4 6

field, and is to be used with other data.


HARDWARE

4658 997 Lock Washer, 5/8" 43 36 29 22 15 8 15 10 16 43 36 29 22 15 8 15 10 16

4290 996 Hex Nut, 5/8" 43 36 29 22 15 8 15 10 16 43 36 29 22 15 8 15 10 16

4665 998 Bolt 5/8" x 4 1/2" 43 36 29 22 15 8 15 10 16 43 36 29 22 15 8 15 10 16

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 2.1.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Modified Alumalite Truss II Component Breakdown

Quantity Used By
Modified 1.2m Deep with Modified 1.8m Deep with
Length (m) Length (m)
SAP CAD Description 7.32 4.88 3.66 7.32 4.88 3.66
CHANNEL

4562 38971 Top Chord Channel 7.310m 2 - - 2 - -


CHORD
TOP

4558 38941 Top Chord Channel 4.872m - 2 - - 2 -

4556 38931 Top Chord Channel 3.653m - - 2 - - 2

4563 38972 Bottom Chord Channel 5.196m 2 - - 2 - -


CHANNEL
BOTTOM
CHORD

4599 38942 Bottom Chord Channel 2.758m - 2 2 - 2 2

4552 38952 Bottom Chord Channel 2.110m - - - - - -

4627 38802 Bottom Chord Channel 1.209m - - - - - -

4577 30850 Diagonal Brace 2.02m - - - 6 4 3


TRUSS ACCESSORIES

4551 30250 Diagonal Brace 1.538m 6 4 3 - - -

4576 30800 Outer Leg 1.793m - - - 3 2 2

4555 32000 Outer Leg 1.193m 3 2 2 - - -

4554 30104 Bottom Chord Spacer 4 2 2 4 2 2

4553 30106 Chord Splice Plate - - 2 - - 2


HARDWARE

4658 997 Lock W asher, 5/8" 28 18 19 28 18 19

4290 996 Hex Nut, 5/8" 28 18 19 28 18 19

4665 998 Bolt 5/8" x 4 1/2" 28 18 19 28 18 19


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
2.1.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Top Chord

LENGTH

607.5 mm TYPICAL SPACES @ 1219 mm 607.5 mm


[23.917 "] [48"] [23.917 "]

660.0 mm 279.5 mm 279.5 mm 328.0 mm


[25.984 "] [11.004 "] [11.004 "] [12.913 "]

17.5 mm
[0.689 "]

660.0 mm
[25.984 "]

110.0 mm 220.0 mm 220.0 mm 110.0 mm


[4.331 "] [8.661 "] [8.661 "] [4.331 "]

=
[2.362 "]
60.0 mm

=
CENTRE HOLES PATTERN DETAIL

35.0 mm

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


[1.378 "] 328.0 mm

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


[12.913 "]
110.0 mm 218.0 mm

field, and is to be used with other data.


[4.331 "] [8.583 "]
124.0 mm
[4.882 "]

SECTION 'A' END HOLES PATTERN DETAIL

ITEM # LENGTH (m)


4601/38981 8529
4562/38971 7310
4560/38961 6091
4558/38941 4872
4556/38931 3653
4605/38921 2.434
4628/38901 1215

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 2.2.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Bottom Chord

LENGTH
769.5 mm TYPICAL SPACES @ 1219 mm 769.5 mm
[30.295 "] [48"] [30.295 "]
660.0 mm 279.5 mm 279.5 mm 490.0 mm
[25.984 "] [11.004 "] [11.004 "] [19.291 "]
A

17.5 mm
[0.689 "]
660.0 mm
[25.984 "]

110.0 mm 220.0 mm 220.0 mm 110.0 mm


[4.331 "] [8.661 "] [8.661 "] [4.331 "]

=
[2.362 "]
60.0 mm

=
CENTRE HOLES PATTERN DETAIL

35.0 mm 490.0 mm
[1.378 "] [19.291 "]
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

110.0 mm 220.0 mm 110.0 mm


[4.331 "] [8.661 "] [4.331 "]
124.0 mm
[4.882 "]
field, and is to be used with other data.

SECTION 'A' END HOLES PATTERN DETAIL

ITEM # LENGTH (mm)


4602/38982 6415
4563/38972 5196
4561/38962 3977
4559/38942 2758
4557/30912 1539
4606/38922 300
4627/38802 1209
4552/38952 2110

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
2.2.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Outer Leg (1.793 m for 1.8 m Deep Alumalite Truss II)

34.5 mm
[1.358 "]

[0.776 "]
19.7 mm
[0.551 "]
14.0 mm

157.0 mm
[3.465 "]

[6.181 "]
88.0 mm

62.0 mm
[2.441 "]

69.0 mm
[2.717 "]

118.0 mm 10 SPACES @ 150 = 1500.0 mm 118.0 mm


[4.646 "] 28.5 mm [59.055 "] [4.646 "]
[1.122 "] 60.0 mm 20.5 mm
DETAIL
[2.362 "] [0.807 "] (22X)
1

60.0 mm
60.0 mm
[2.362 "] 17.5 mm

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


[2.362 "] 16.0 mm

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


[0.669"] (12X) [0.630 "] (4X)
240.0 mm 240.0 mm
[9.449 "] [9.449 "]

field, and is to be used with other data.


[1.378 "]
35.0 mm

60.0 mm
[2.362 "]
118.1 mm 30.0 mm
[4.650 "] [1.181 "]
[0.551 "]
14.0 mm
[0.118 "]
3.0 mm
[1.732 "]
44.0 mm

81.0 mm
[3.189 "]

DETAIL 1: OUTER LEG END DETAIL

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 2.2.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Outer Leg (1.193 m for 1.2m Deep Alumalite Truss II)

34.5 mm
[1.358 "]

19.7 mm
[0.776]
14.0 mm
[0.551]

157.0 mm
[3.465 "]

[6.181 "]
88.0 mm

62.0 mm
[2.441 "]

69.0 mm
[2.717 "]

118.1 mm 6 SPACES @ 150 = 900.0 mm


[4.650 "] [35.433 "] 79.6 mm
20.5 mm [3.132 "]
[0.807 "] (14X)

28.5 mm 16.0 mm
[1.122 "] [0.630 "] (4X)
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

60.0 mm 240.0 mm 60.0 mm


[2.362 "] [9.449 "] [2.362 "]
field, and is to be used with other data.

[1.379 "]
35.0 mm

60.0 mm
[2.362 "]

118.0 mm 30.0 mm
[4.646 "] [1.181 "]
[0.551 "]
14.0 mm
[0.118 "]
3.0 mm
[1.732 "]
44.0 mm

81.0 mm
[3.189 "]

DETAIL 1: OUTER LEG END DETAIL

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
2.2.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Extension Staff

60.3 mm
[2.374 "]

5.5 mm
[0.218 "]

1794.0 mm
[70.630 "]

A B

20.5 mm
[0.807 "] (5X)

1.794 m EXT. STAFF FOR 1.8 m DEEP TRUSS

1194.0 mm

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


[47.008 "]

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


A B

1.194 m EXT. STAFF FOR 1.2 m OR 1.8 m DEEP TRUSS


75.0 mm
[2.953 "]
147.0 mm 75.0 mm 75.0 mm
[5.787 "] [2.953 "] [2.953 "]
[1.187 "]

[1.187 "]
30.2 mm

30.2 mm

DETAIL A DETAIL B

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 2.2.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Diagonal Brace

69.0 mm
[2.717 "]
[2.717 "]
69.0 mm

3.4 mm
[0.134 "]
21.0 mm
[7/8"]
3.0 mm
[1/8"]

2012.0 mm
[79.213 "]
1952.0 mm 30.0 mm
[76.850 "] [1.181 "]

2.012 m DIAGONAL BRACE FOR 1.8 m DEEP ALUMALITE TRUSS

1529.0 mm
[60.197 "]

1469.0 mm 30.0 mm
[57.835 "] [1.181 "]
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

1.529 m DIAGONAL BRACE FOR 1.2 m ALUMALITE TRUSS

35.0 mm
[1.379 "]
[2.717 "]
69.0 mm

17.5 mm
30.0 mm
[0.689 "]
[1.181 "]

DETAIL A: TYPICAL END DETAIL

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
2.2.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Screwjack

SCREWJACK ASSEMBLY (513)**

19.1 mm
[0.752 "]

38.1 mm
[1.883 "]
47.8 mm

[1.5 "] 609.6 mm


[24.0 "] Useable Thread

812.8 mm
[32.0 "]

UNIVERSAL SCREWJACK (514)**

245.0 mm
[9.646 "]
74.2 mm

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


[2.921 "]

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


67.8 mm
[2.670 "]
[0.313 "]
8.0 mm
[1.238 "]

73.7 mm
31.4 mm

[2.902 "]

SCREWJACK HANDLE (515)**

** - DENOTES SAP NUMBERS.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 2.2.7
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
field, and is to be used with other data.

2.2.8
Base Plate
Product ID

85.7 mm
[3.374 "]

9.5 mm
[0.374 "]

38.0 mm
[1.496 "]
19.0 mm
[0.748 "]

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


38.0 mm
[1.496 "]
Product Detail
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Design Data

28.6 mm
[1.124 "]

Engineering Manual
[4.748 "]
120.6 mm

19.0 mm
[0.748 "]
38.1 mm
[1.500 "]
38.0 mm 242.0 mm 76.0 mm
[1.496 "] [9.528 "] [2.992 "]
Application

356.0 mm
[14.016 "]

V. 3.0
Appendix
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Chord Splice & Bottom Chord Spacer

35.0 mm 110.0 mm
17.5 mm 6.3 mm
[1.378 "] [4.331 "]
[0.689 "] (8X) [0.250 "]
[3.504 "]
89.0 mm

220.0 mm
[2.362 "]
60.0 mm

[8.661 "]
510.0 mm
[20.079 "]

CHORD SPLICE PLATE

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


70.0 mm
21.3 mm [2.756 "]
2.3 mm
[0.840 "]
[0.091 "]

BOTTOM CHORD SPACER

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 2.2.9
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
field, and is to be used with other data.

2.2.10
Truss Jacks
Product ID

[7.874 "]
200.0 mm
603.0 mm
[23.740 "]

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


MIN. 662 mm (26") - MAX. 860 mm (34")
Product Detail

[7.874 "]
200.0 mm
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual

453.0 mm
[17.835 "]
Design Data

MIN. 512 mm (20") - MAX. 710 mm (28")

Engineering Manual
[7.874 "]
200.0 mm
Application

303.0 mm
[11.929 "]

MIN. 362 mm (14") - MAX. 560 mm (22")

V. 3.0
Appendix
V. 3.0
14.0 mm
[0.551 "]
Product ID

36.0 mm
[1.417 "]
Truss Jack Lock Bracket
Product Detail

75.0 mm
[2.953 "]
56.0 mm
[2.205 "]

17.5 mm
[0.689 "]
19.0 mm 34.0 mm
[0.748 "] [1.339 "]
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Design Data

Engineering Manual
Application

14.0 mm
[0.551 "]
Appendix

2.2.11
Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
field, and is to be used with other data.
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Truss Jack Hinge

56.4 mm
[2.222 "]

[3.465 "]
88.0 mm
9.1 mm 15.9 mm
[0.357 "] [0.625 "]

248.0 mm
[9.764 "]

110.0 mm 110.0 mm
[4.331 "] [4.331 "]
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

[1.732 "]
44.0 mm

[2.399 "]

[3.465 "]
60.9 mm

88.0 mm

17.5 mm
[0.689 "]

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
2.2.12 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Crossbrace

ALTERNATE END DETAIL

ALUMALITE TRUSS CHORD


80.0 mm
[3.150 "] 6.4 mm
[0.250]
14.3 mm

[0.102]
2.6 mm
[0.563 "]
ON)
A N SI C
IME

D
D
COLOUR B THIS
OLD
B (H COLOUR B
Y

D
D

COLOUR A COLOUR A DETAIL 1


X

Designation A B C X Y Color A Color B


1200 x 1200 1547 1497 748 1040 1076 Red Black
25.4

1200 x 1500 1769 1719 859 1340 1076 Orange Black

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
1200 x 1800 2012 1962 981 1640 1076 Yellow Black

field, and is to be used with other data.


1200 x 2100 2268 2218 1109 1940 1076 Green Black
1200 x 2400 2535 2485 1243 2240 1076 Blue Black
31.75

1200 x 2700 2809 2759 1379 2540 1076 Magenta Black


1200 x 3000 3087 3037 1519 2840 1076 Purple Black
1800 x 1200 2023 1973 986 1040 1676 Red White
25.4
D

1800 x 1500 2196 2146 1073 1340 1676 Orange White


1800 x 1800 2395 2345 1173 1640 1676 Yellow White
1800 x 2100 2614 2564 1282 1940 1676 Green White
1800 x 2400 2848 2798 1399 2240 1676 Blue White
31.75

1800 x 2700 3093 3043 1522 2540 1676 Magenta White


1800 x 3000 3348 3298 1649 2840 1676 Purple White
1800 x 3300 3653 3603 1802 3190 1676 Brown White
1800 x 3600 3877 3827 1913 3440 1676 Pink White

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 2.2.13
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Horizontal Brace

ALUMALITE TRUSS CHORD


80.0 mm
[3.150 "]

X (HOLD THIS DIMENSION)

14.3 mm
[0.563 "]

COLOUR CODED 31.8 mm


[1.2500 "]

ALTERNATIVE END DETAIL

Designation L X Color
1200 H - Brace 1090 1040 Red
1500 H - Brace 1390 1340 Orange
1800 H - Brace 1690 1640 Yellow
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

2100 H - Brace 1990 1940 Green


2400 H - Brace 2290 2240 Blue
field, and is to be used with other data.

2700 H - Brace 2590 2540 Magenta


3000 H - Brace 2890 2840 Purple
3300 H - Brace 3190 3140 Brown
3600 H - Brace 3490 3440 Pink

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
2.2.14 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Crossbrace Bracket

ISOMETRIC VIEW

6.2 mm
[0.244 "]

64.0 mm 64.0 mm
[2.520 "] [2.520 "]

29.0 mm 22.0 mm
[1.142 "] [0.866 "]

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
[1.890 "]
48.0 mm

field, and is to be used with other data.


[2.362 "]

[3.780 "]
60.0 mm

96.0 mm

17.5 mm 14.5 mm
[0.709 "]
18.0 mm

[0.689 "] (2X) [0.571 "]

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 2.2.15
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Guardrail Support Bracket w/ Scaffold Tube

48.3 mm
[1.902"]
GUARDRAIL POST

16x75mm
(5/8" X3") RIVET
1500.0 mm
[59.055"]
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

GUARDRAIL BRACKET

HITCH PIN
field, and is to be used with other data.

75.0 mm
[2.953"]

22x14
ALUMA BOLT 22x100 SLOT
SLOT HOLE 22x180 SLOT

m
14.0 m
"]
[0.551
150.0 mm 50.0 mm
50.0 mm
[1.969"]

[5.906"] [1.969"]
60.3 mm
17.5 mm [2.374"]
[0.689"]

785.0 mm
[30.905"]

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
2.2.16 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Steel Packer

150.0 mm
[5.906 "]

150.0 mm
[5.906 "]
=

= =
LENGTH TO ORDER

TOP PLATE

150.0 mm
[5.906 "]

27.5 mm 95.0 mm 60.0 mm


[1.083 "] [3.740 "] [2.362 "]

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
=

field, and is to be used with other data.


150.0 mm
[5.906 "]
=

BOTTOM PLATE

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 2.2.17
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Top Jack Bracket Assembly
35.0 mm

SCREWJACK BASE PLATE


[1.378"]

75.0 mm
[2.953"] 177.8 mm 177.8 mm
[7.000"] [7.000"]

48.6 mm
[1.913"]

TOP JACK BRACKET


DETAIL
38.1 mm
[1.500"]

140.0 mm 120.0 mm
[5.512"] [4.724"]

609.5 mm
[23.997"]
600.0 mm
[23.622"]
19
HOLE THRU
FULLY THREADED

BOTH WALLS
[23.622"]
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

600mm
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

TOP JACK
BRACKET
field, and is to be used with other data.

600mm SCREWJACK

48.3 mm
[1.900"] REF.

600 SCREWJACK
DETAIL

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
2.2.18 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Hinge Bracket and Hinge Arm

200.0 mm 100.0 mm
[7.874 "] [3.937 "]
VAIRES

30.0 mm
[1.181 "]

VARIES

[0.689 "]
17.5 mm
76.2 mm
[3.000 "]

200.0 mm
[7.874 "]
100.0 mm
[3.937 "]

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
100.0 mm 100.0 mm
[3.937 "] [3.937 "]

field, and is to be used with other data.


HINGE BRACKET
[1.772 "]
45.0 mm

400.0 mm
[15.748 "]
50.0 mm
[1.969 "]
[2.953 "]
75.0 mm

180.0 mm 150.0 mm 30.0 mm


[7.087 "] [5.906 "] [1.181 "]

HINGE ARM

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 2.2.19
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
2.2.20 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Hinge Basic Components

Beamside Chamfer Hinge


LENGTH CUT TO ORDER

406.4 mm X SPACES @ 406.4mm


[16.000"] [16.000"] C/C TYP.
47.0 mm
[1.851"]

101.6 mm 6.0 mm 101.6 mm


[4.000"] [0.236"] TYP. [4.000"]

203.2 mm X SPACES @ 203.2mm


[0.343"]
8.7 mm

[8.000"] [8.000"] C/C TYP.


25.4 mm [1.000"] MIN
101.6 mm [4.000"] MAX
NOTE: ADDITIONAL HOLE IS REQUIRED IF END DIMENSION IS GREATER THAN 102mm

Hinge Rail Beam


LENGTH CUT TO ORDER

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


32.2 mm
[1.268"]
152.5 mm

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


[6.004"]
305.0 mm X SPACES @ 305.0mm
[12.008"] C/C TYP.

field, and is to be used with other data.


[12.008"]

[0.343"]
8.7 mm

152.5 mm 305.0 mm X SPACES @ 305.0mm


[6.004"] [12.008"] [12.008"] C/C TYP.
152.5 mm
[6.004"] MAX.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 2.3.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Latch Basic Components
Form Latch Anchor

LENGTH CUT TO ORDER

6.0 mm
46.0 mm
[1.811"]

[0.236"]

25.0 mm [0.984"] MIN 100.0 mm X SPACES @ 100mm


50.0 mm [1.969"] MAX [3.937"] [3.937"] C/C

Form Latch Anchor Type 1

LENGTH CUT TO ORDER


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

EQUAL DISTANCE EQUAL DISTANCE


14.0 mm
field, and is to be used with other data.

[0.551"]
57.6 mm
[2.268"]

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
2.3.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Hinge Rail Beam Lock Bar Assembly

115.0 mm
[4.528 "]

14.0 mm
[0.551 "]
[0.866 "]

[1.969 "]
22.0 mm

50.0 mm
14.0 mm
[0.551 "]

[0.1181]
3.0 mm
75.0 mm
[2.953 "]

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
[0.374 "]
9.5 mm

field, and is to be used with other data.


22.9 mm
[0.902 "]
[0.752 "]
19.1 mm

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 2.3.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Hinge Rail Beam Extended Bolt Slot Lock Bar Assembly

285.0 mm
[11.220"]
19.1 mm
[0.752"]

150.0 mm 110.0 mm
[5.906"] [4.331"]

BOLT HEAD TO BE GRIND


FLUSH WITH BAR EDGE
(TYPICAL BOTH SIDES)

25.0 mm 150.0 mm 110.0 mm 19.1 mm


[0.984"] [5.906"] [4.331"] [0.752"]

12.7mm (0.5")
COUNTERSUNK BOLT
50.0 mm
[1.969"]

[0.374"]
9.5 mm

325.0 mm
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

[12.795"]

25.0 mm 150.0 mm 125.0 mm 25.0 mm


field, and is to be used with other data.

[0.984"] [5.906"] [4.921"] [0.984"]

14.0 mm
[0.551"]
25.0 mm
[0.984"]

22.0 mm

14.0mm (0.6")
50.0 mm

[0.866"]
[1.969"]

HOLE (X2) ALUMA BOLT SLOT

TYPICAL ALUMA
BOLT SLOT DETAIL
75.0 mm
[2.953"]

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
2.3.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beam Inside Corner Assembly
200.0 mm
200.0 mm [7.874"]
[7.874"]

25.0 mm
[0.984"]
6

25.0 mm
[0.984"]
25mm X 25mm
CHAMFER

20 7. 9
3. 92
[
0 "]
m
m
45

SECTION A-A
VARIES TO SUIT APPLICATION

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


A A

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 2.3.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
2.3.6 Engineering Manual
V. 3.0
70.1 mm
[2.759 "]
Product ID
Single Low Glide

[5.768 "]
[7.990 "]

146.5 mm
202.9 mm
Product Detail

86.0 mm
[3.386 "] 241.0 mm
[9.488 "]
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Design Data

Engineering Manual
Application
Appendix

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

2.4.1
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
field, and is to be used with other data.
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
field, and is to be used with other data.

2.4.2
Product ID
Standard Glide

[5.500 "]
139.7 mm

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


254.0 mm
[10.000 "]
Product Detail

219.9 mm
[8.656 "]
228.4 mm
[8.992 "]
150.0 mm
[5.906 "]
288.4 mm
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual

[11.354 "]
Design Data

Engineering Manual
Application

V. 3.0
Appendix
V. 3.0
Product ID
Swivel Roller

Capacity : 10.1kN (2250 lbs)


Product Detail

32.0 mm
[1.260 "]
62.0 mm
[2.441 "]
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual

203.9 mm
Design Data

[8.026 "]

Engineering Manual
63.5 mm
[2.500 "]
Application

267.9 mm
[10.546 "]
Appendix

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

2.4.3
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
field, and is to be used with other data.
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Drop Centre Dolly

610.0 mm
[24.016 "]

150.0 mm
[5.906 "]
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

229.0 mm
[9.016 "]

178.0 mm
[7.008 "]
203.0 mm
[7.992 "]
[3.000 "]
76.2 mm

CLEAR

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
2.4.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Truss Lowering Device

110.0 mm 110.0 mm
[4.331"] [4.331"]

50.0 mm
[1.969"]
(LIFTING PLATE IN LOWER POSITION)

(LIFTING PLATE IN UPPER POSITION)

[3.937"] TYP.
70.0 mm [2.756"] CLEARANCE

100.0 mm
1220.0 mm [48.031"] MAX.
610.0 mm [24.016"] MAX.

965.0 mm
965.0 mm
[37.992"]

[37.992"]
150.0 mm 305.0 mm
[5.906"]
[12.008"]
144.0 mm
[5.669"]

495.0 mm
30.0 mm
[1.181"]

[19.488"] 495.0 mm
[19.488"]

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
495.0 mm
[19.488"]

field, and is to be used with other data.


LOAD CAPACITY
27.8 KN (6250 LBS.)
495.0 mm
[19.488"]

F.O.S. 2:1

Note: This device is NOT designed for lifting.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 2.4.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Truss Landing Dolly

TRUSS LANDING
DOLLY
UPPER UNIT

[51.0"] (FULLY CONTRACTED)


[71.5"] (FULLY EXTENDED)
1816 mm

1295 mm
[30.0"] (FULLY CONTRACTED)
[50.5"] (FULLY EXTENDED)
1283 mm

762 mm

TRUSS LANDING
DOLLY
LOWER UNIT

563.4 mm 866.4 mm
[22.180 "] [34.110 "]

TRUSS LANDING DOLLY TRUSS LANDING DOLLY


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

UPPER UNIT UPPER AND LOWER


563.4 mm UNITS COMBINED
[22.180 "]
field, and is to be used with other data.

[15.0 "] (FULLY CONTRACTED)


[30.0 "] (FULLY EXTENDED)
762 mm

381 mm

INTERMEDIATE TRUSS
LANDING DOLLY

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
2.4.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Truss II Chord

36.0 mm 69.0 mm 36.0 mm


[1.417 "] [2.717 "] [1.417 "]

[0.610 "]
15.5 mm 3.5 mm
[0.138 "]
124.0 mm
[4.882 "]

X X

93.8 mm
[3.693 "]

141.0 mm
[5.551 "]

Section Properties Metric Imperial


Cross-Section Area 1534 mm2
A 2.38 in2
4
Ixx
3.09 E6 mm 7.42 in4
Moment of Inertia
3.49 E6 mm4
Iyy 8.39 in4

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
3
Sxx(min)
49.81 E3 mm 3.04 in3
Section Modulus 3
Syy
49.51 E3 mm 3.02 in3

field, and is to be used with other data.


rx
44.86 mm 1.77 in
Radius of Gyration
ry
47.69 mm 1.88 in
Weight/ft 4.14 kg/m 2.78 lb/ft
Material Properties AA ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6
Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 260 MPa 38 ksi
Yield Strength Fy 240 MPa 35 ksi
Modulus of Elasticity E 70000 MPa 10150 ksi
3
Density 2700 kg/m 0.0975 lb/in3
% Elongation 8%

Metric Imperial
Allowable Bending Moment 6.0 kN-m 53.1 kip-in
Allowable Reaction / Point Load 71.5 kN 16.1 kip
Allowable Shear 31.5 kN 7.1 kip
Allowable Axial Tension 131 kN 29.5 kip
Allowable Axial Compression 67.5 kN 15.2 kip
Safety factor of 2.0:1 on ultimate.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 3.1.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Truss Outer Leg

157.0 mm
[6.181 "]

[0.138 "]
3.5 mm
Y

[2.717 "]
69.0 mm
X

3.5 mm
[0.138 "]

62.0 mm
Y
[2.441 "] (2X)
88.0 mm
[3.465 "]

Section Properties Metric Imperial


Cross-Section Area 2048 mm2
A 3.17 in2
1.21 E6 mm4
Ixx 2.90 in4
Moment of Inertia
3.90 E6 mm4
Iyy 9.36 in4
34.96 E3 mm3
Sxx(min) 2.13 in3
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

Section Modulus
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

49.64 E3 mm3
Syy 3.03in3
rx
24.27 mm 0.96in
Radius of Gyration
field, and is to be used with other data.

ry
43.62 mm 1.72in
Weight/ft 5.53 kg/m 3.72lb/ft
Material Properties AA ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6
Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 260 MPa 38 ksi
Yield Strength Fy 240 MPa 35 ksi
Modulus of Elasticity E 70000 MPa 10150 ksi
Density 2700 kg/m3 0.0975 lb/in3
% Elongation 8%

Metric Imperial
Allowable Axial Tension 195.0 kN 43.8 kip
Allowable Axial Compression (1.8m Truss) 148.0 kN 43.5 kN* 33.3 kip 9.8 kip*
Allowable Axial Compression (1.2m Truss) 200.0 kN 49.0 kN* 45.1 kip 11.0 kip*
* denotes load with eccentricity. Safety factor of 2.0:1 on ultimate.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
3.1.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Extension Staff

5.5 mm
[0.218 "]

60.3 mm
[2.375 "]

Section Properties Metric Imperial


Cross-Section Area 953.4 mm2
A 1.48 in2
4
Ixx
0.36 E6 mm 0.87 in4
Moment of Inertia
0.36 E6 mm4
Iyy 0.87 in4
3
Sxx(min)
11.98 E3 mm 0.73 in3
Section Modulus 3
Syy
11.98 E3 mm 0.73 in3
rx
19.47 mm 0.77 in
Radius of Gyration

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
ry
19.47 mm 0.77 in
Weight/ft 2.59 kg/m 1.74 lb/ft
Material Properties AA ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6

field, and is to be used with other data.


Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 260 MPa 38 ksi
Yield Strength Fy 240 MPa 35 ksi
Modulus of Elasticity E 70000 MPa 10150 ksi
Density 2700 kg/m3 0.0975 lb/in3
% Elongation 8%

Metric Imperial
Allowable Axial Compression (1.419m Extension) 55.5 kN 12.5 kip
Allowable Axial Compression (0.819m Extension) 77.5 kN 17.4 kip
Safety factor of 2.0:1 on ultimate.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 3.1.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Diagonal Brace
69.0 mm
[2.717 "]
Y

3.4 mm

[0.827 "]

[2.717 "]
21.0 mm

69.0 mm
[0.134 "]
X

Y
[0.118 "]
3.0 mm

Section Properties Metric Imperial


Cross-Section Area 764.35 mm2
A 1.19 in2
4
Ixx
0.52 E6 mm 1.26 in4
Moment of Inertia 4
Iyy
0.54 E6 mm 1.3 in4
3
Sxx(min)
15.20 E3 mm 0.928 in3
Section Modulus
15.66 E3 mm3
Syy 0.956 in3
rx
26.19 mm 1.03 in
Radius of Gyration
ry
26.59 mm 1.05 in
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

Weight/ft 2.06 kg/m 1.384 lb/ft


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Material Properties AA ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6


Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 260 MPa 38 ksi
field, and is to be used with other data.

Yield Strength Fy 240 MPa 35 ksi


Modulus of Elasticity E 70000 MPa 10150 ksi
3
Density 2700 kg/m 0.0975 lb/in3
% Elongation 8%

Metric Imperial
Allowable Axial Tension 53.0 kN 11.9 kip
Allowable Axial Compression (1.8m Truss) 47.5 kN 10.7 kip
Allowable Axial Compression (1.2m Truss) 67.5 kN 15.2 kip
Safety factor of 2.0:1 on ultimate.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
3.1.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Crossbrace ( 25.4 mm)

1.65 mm
[0.065 "]

25.4 mm
[1.000 "]

Section Properties Metric Imperial


2
Cross-Section Area A 123 mm 0.91 in2
Ixx 8 722 mm4 0.021 in4
Moment of Inertia 4
Iyy 8 722 mm 0.021 in4
3
Sxx(min) 687 mm 0.042 in3
Section Modulus
Syy 687 mm3 0.042 in3
rx 8.42 mm 0.12 in
Radius of Gyration
ry 8.42 mm 0.12 in
Weight/ft 0.97 kg/m 0.65 lb/ft

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Material Properties PRE-GALVANIZED (2 oz.) GRADE 1017 STEEL
Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 450 MPa 65 ksi

field, and is to be used with other data.


Yield Strength Fy 350 MPa 50 ksi
Modulus of Elasticity E 200 000 MPa 29 006 ksi
3
Density 7850 kg/m 0.28 lb/in3
% Elongation 36%

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 3.1.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Crossbrace ( 31.75 mm)/Horizontal Brace

31.75 mm
1.65 mm
[1.250 "]
[0.065"]

Section Properties Metric Imperial


Cross-Section Area A 156 mm2 0.24 in2
Ixx 17 723 mm4 0.043 in4
Moment of Inertia 4
Iyy 17 723 mm 0.043 in4
3
Sxx(min)
1 116 mm 0.068 in3
Section Modulus 3
Syy 1 116 mm 0.068 in3
rx 10.66 mm 0.42 in
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Radius of Gyration
ry 10.66 mm 0.42 in
Weight/ft 1.23 kg/m 0.82 lb/ft
field, and is to be used with other data.

Material Properties PRE-GALVANIZED (2 oz.) GRADE 1017 STEEL


Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 450 MPa 65 ksi
Yield Strength Fy 350 MPa 50 ksi
Modulus of Elasticity E 200 000 MPa 29 006 ksi
3
Density 7850 kg/m 0.28 lb/in3
% Elongation 36%

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
3.1.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Chamfer Hinge

90.0 mm
[3.543"]

25.0 mm
[0.984"] 56.8 mm
[2.235"]

32.3 mm
[1.273"]
C.G.

110.0 mm
[4.332"]
15.0 mm
[0.591"]

18.0 mm 15.2 mm
[0.709"] [0.599"]

Section Properties Metric Imperial


731 mm2 1.13 in2

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


Cross-Section Area A

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


4
Ixx 0.812 E6 mm 1.95 in4
Moment of Inertia
Iyy 0.517 E6 mm4 1.24 in4

field, and is to be used with other data.


3
Sxx(min) 10.45 E3 mm 0.64 in3
Section Modulus 3
Syy 9.11 E3 mm 0.56 in3
rx 33.33 mm 1.31 in
Radius of Gyration
ry 26.60 mm 1.05 in
Weight/ft 1.97 kg/m 1.32 lb/ft
Material Properties AA ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6
Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 260 MPa 38 ksi
Yield Strength Fy 240 MPa 35 ksi
Modulus of Elasticity E 70000 MPa 10150 ksi
Density 2700 kg/m3 0.0975 lb/in3
% Elongation 8%

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 3.1.7
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
122-18 Hinge Rail Beam

98.6 mm
[3.883"]

3.5 mm 79.9 mm
[0.138"] [3.144"]

18.0 mm
[0.709"]

48.6 mm
[1.912"]
56.8 mm 41.8 mm
[2.237"] [1.646"]

122.0 mm
C.G.

[4.803"]
2.5 mm
[0.098"]

73.4 mm
[2.891"]
[0.721"]

45.0 mm
[1.772"]

Section Properties Metric Imperial


2
41.65 in2
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

Cross-Section Area A 1058 mm


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Ixx 2.73 E6 mm4 6.56 in4


Moment of Inertia 4
Iyy 0.696 E6 mm 1.67 in4
field, and is to be used with other data.

3
Sxx(min) 37.23 E3 mm 2.27 in3
Section Modulus
Syy 12.25 E3 mm3 0.75 in3
rx 50.82 mm 2.00 in
Radius of Gyration
ry 25.64 mm 1.01 in
Weight/ft 2.36 kg/m 1.59 lb/ft
Material Properties AA ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6
Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 260 MPa 38 ksi
Yield Strength Fy 240 MPa 35 ksi
Modulus of Elasticity E 70000 MPa 10150 ksi
3
Density 2700 kg/m 0.0975 lb/in3
% Elongation 8%

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
3.1.8 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
140-18 Hinge Rail Beam

C.G.

Section Properties Metric Imperial


2
Cross-Section Area A 1152 mm 1.78 in2
Ixx 3.84 E6 mm4 9.23 in4

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Moment of Inertia 4
Iyy 0.707 E6 mm 1.70 in4
3
Sxx(min) 46.33 E3 mm 2.83 in3

field, and is to be used with other data.


Section Modulus
Syy 12.41 E3 mm3 0.76 in3
rx 57.73 mm 2.27 in
Radius of Gyration
ry 24.78 mm 0.98 in
Weight/ft 3.11 kg/m 2.09 lb/ft
Material Properties AA ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6
Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 260 MPa 38 ksi
Yield Strength Fy 240 MPa 35 ksi
Modulus of Elasticity E 70000 MPa 10150 ksi
3
Density 2700 kg/m 0.0975 lb/in3
% Elongation 8%

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 3.1.9
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Form Latch Anchor

75.5 mm

23.9 mm
[0.941"]
[2.974"]

38.6 mm 36.9 mm
[1.521"] [1.453"]

37.0 mm
[1.457"]
C.G.

23.8 mm

13.1 mm
[0.516"]
[0.937"]

Section Properties Metric Imperial


2
Cross-Section Area A 412 mm 0.64 in2
Ixx 0.021 E6 mm4 0.05 in4
Moment of Inertia 4
Iyy 0.242 E6 mm 0.58 in4
3
Sxx(min) 552.96 mm 0.03 in3
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Section Modulus
Syy 10.13 E3 mm3 0.62 in3
rx 7.20 mm 0.28 in
Radius of Gyration
field, and is to be used with other data.

ry 24.23 mm 0.04 in
Weight/ft 1.22 kg/m 0.82 lb/ft
Material Properties AA ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6
Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 260 MPa 38 ksi
Yield Strength Fy 240 MPa 35 ksi
Modulus of Elasticity E 70000 MPa 10150 ksi
3
Density 2700 kg/m 0.0975 lb/in3
% Elongation 8%

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
3.1.10 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Form Latch Type I

20.5 mm
[0.807"]

34.5 mm
[1.359"]
[0.138"]
3.5 mm

88


25

78
C.G.

65.8 mm 49.2 mm

[0.376"]
9.6 mm
[2.589"] [1.937"]

Section Properties Metric Imperial


Cross-Section Area A 618 mm2 0.96 in2
4
Ixx 0.095 E6 mm 0.23 in4
Moment of Inertia 4
Iyy 0.814 E6 mm 1.96 in4
2.71 E3 mm3
Sxx(min) 0.17 in3
Section Modulus 3
Syy 12.37 E3 mm 0.76 in3

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


rx 12.39 mm 0.49 in

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


Radius of Gyration
ry 36.32 mm 1.43 in
Weight/ft 1.67 kg/m 1.12 lb/ft

field, and is to be used with other data.


Material Properties AA ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6
Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 260 MPa 38 ksi
Yield Strength Fy 240 MPa 35 ksi
Modulus of Elasticity E 70000 MPa 10150 ksi
3
Density 2700 kg/m 0.0975 lb/in3
% Elongation 8%

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 3.1.11
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
3.1.12 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
1.2m Deep Truss II Local Load Capacity

LOAD TYPE LABEL CAPACITY CAPACITY


(METRIC) (IMPERIAL)

Uniformly
Distributed Load W 38.9 kN/m 2.67 kip/ft
(U.D.L)

P1 49.0 kN 11.0 kip

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
P2 41.0 kN 9.2 kip
Point Load

field, and is to be used with other data.


P3 20.5 kN 4.6 kip
(on top chord)
P4 58.0 kN 13.0 kip

P5 20.5 kN 4.6 kip

Notes: (1) These member capacities are applicable to both Standard and Modified Truss II
(2) Factor of Safety = 2:1
(3) Capacity shown in table denotes local load applied to top chord. Also check truss capacity from leg load capacity
charts.
(4) Listed capacities are maximum allowable loads when applied independently. Simultaneously applying the above
will result in overloading of the truss and may result in failure.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 3.2.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
1.2 m Deep Alumalite Truss II Leg Load Capacity w/ Top Extension Staff

TOP EXTENSION STAFF 1.2m TRUSS LEG LOAD CAPACITY

1200 MAX.
H (kN) (kip)
< 2075 55.0 12.4
2150 52.0 11.7
2225 49.0 11.0
2300 46.0 10.3
2375 43.0 9.7
2450 40.0 9.0
2600 37.0 8.3
2750 33.0 7.4
1200 TR

1200

2900 30.0 6.7


H

> 2900 CONSULT ENGINEERING


MAX.
819

EXTENSION STAFF

(900 MAX.)
A
MAX.
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

450

SCREWJACK
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Notes: (1) Maximum height for Top Extension Staff & Screwjack is 1200mm.
(2) These member capacities are applicable to both Standard and Modified Truss II
(3) Factor of Safety = 2:1
(4) Extension Staff to be extended in increments of 75 mm.
(5) For extension H greater than 2925 mm, 56 kN capacity can be obtained by providing transverse and longitudinal
diagonal bracing on both top and bottom extension staffs (consult engineering for details).
(6) For tables with overall height to width ratio more than 3:1, lateral brace should be provided.
(7) If equipment above the top chord is laterally braced in two directions, then the height of that equipment (B) may be
assumed to be zero for the purpose of determining the leg load capacities.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
3.2.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
1.2 m Deep Alumalite Truss II Leg Load Capacity
STEEL PACKER
OR TOP JACK
FIXED TO
TOP CHORD

< 500
1200 TR
1200 TR

1200
1200
CROSSBRACE @

MAX.
MAX.
EVERY TRUSS LEG

819
819 LOCATION

A
A

MAX.
MAX.

450
450

STEEL PACKER
OR TOP JACK
FIXED TO BRACE IN TWO DIRECTIONS
TOP CHORD WHEN B>500
1.2m TRUSS LEG LOAD CAPACITY
500 < B < 1200

A (kN) (kip)
< 875 55 12.4
950 52 11.7
1025 49 11.0
1100 46 10.3
1175 43 9.7
1250 40 9.0
> 1250 CONSULT ENGINEERING

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
1200 TR

1200

field, and is to be used with other data.


MAX.
819

EXTENSION STAFF
(900 MAX.)
A

TRUSS JACK
MAX.
450

SCREWJACK (ALUMALITE TRUSS


JACK SIMILAR)

Notes: (1) Maximum height B for the steel packer is 1200mm.


(2) These member capacities are applicable to both Standard and Modified Truss II
(3) Factor of Safety = 2:1
(4) Extension Staff to be extended in increments of 75 mm.
(5) For extension A greater than 900 mm, 55 kN capacity can be obtained by providing transverse and longitudinal
diagonal bracing on both top and bottom extension staffs (consult engineering for details).
(6) For tables with overall height to width ratio more than 3:1, lateral brace should be provided.
(7) If equipment above the top chord is laterally braced in two directions, then the height of that equipment (B) may be
assumed to be zero for the purpose of determining the leg load capacities.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 3.2.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
1.2m Deep Truss II Load/Span Chart

Axial Load in
Allowable Load
Truss Length Span Chords
(FOS 2:1)
(FOS 2:1)
m ft m ft kN/m lbs/ft kN kip
4.88 16 2.44 8 34.01 2330.43 4.22 0.95
6.10 20 3.66 12 17.00 1164.87 15.96 3.59
7.32 24 4.88 16 11.34 777.04 27.70 6.23
8.54 28 6.10 20 8.50 582.44 39.44 8.87
9.76 32 7.32 24 6.80 465.95 51.19 11.51
10.98 36 8.53 28 5.67 388.52 62.93 14.15
12.20 40 9.75 32 4.86 333.02 74.67 16.79
13.42 44 10.97 36 4.25 291.22 86.41 19.43
14.64 48 12.19 40 3.78 259.01 98.15 22.06
15.86 52 13.41 44 3.40 232.97 109.90 24.71
17.08 56 14.63 48 3.09 211.73 121.64 27.35
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Notes:
(1) This load chart applies only to Standard Truss II sitting on two supports with 1.2 m (4') end cantilevers.
field, and is to be used with other data.

(2) Outer Leg @ 1.22 m c/c.


(3) Deflection needs to be checked for application.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
3.2.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
1.8m Deep Truss II Local Load Capacity

LOAD TYPE LABEL CAPACITY CAPACITY


(METRIC) (IMPERIAL)

Uniformly
Distributed Load W 38.9 kN/m 2.67 kip/ft

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


(U.D.L)

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


P1 43.5 kN 9.78 kip

field, and is to be used with other data.


P2 48.0 kN 10.8 kip
Point Load
P3 20.5 kN 4.69 kip
(on top chord)
P4 58.0 kN 13.0 kip

P5 24.0 kN 5.4 kip

Notes: (1) This load chart is applicable to both Standard and Modified Truss II
(2) Factor of Safety = 2:1
(3) Capacity shown in table denotes local load applied to top chord. Also check truss capacity from leg load capacity
charts.
(4) Listed capacities are maximum allowable loads when applied independently. Simultaneously applying the above
will result in overloading of the truss and may result in failure

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 3.3.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
1.8 m Deep Alumalite Truss II Leg Load Capacity w/ Top Extension Staff

1200 MAX.
TOP EXTENSION STAFF

1.8m TRUSS LEG LOAD CAPACITY


CROSSBRACE H (kN) (kip)
< 2750 55.0 12.4
2900 52.0 11.7
3050 48.0 10.8
3200 45.0 10.1
3350 40.0 9.0
1800 TR

1800

3500 34.0 7.6


3650 30.0 6.7
> 3650 CONSULT ENGINEERING
H

HORIZONTAL REQUIRED
WHEN A > 1000mm
MAX.
1500
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

EXTENSION STAFF

(900 MAX.)
field, and is to be used with other data.

A
TRUSS JACK
MAX
450

SCREWJACK (ALUMALITE TRUSS


JACK SIMILAR)

Notes: (1) These member capacities are applicable to both Standard and Modified Truss II
(2) Factor of Safety = 2:1
(3) Extension Staff to be extended in increments of 75 mm.
(4) For extension H greater than 3300 mm, 55 kN capacity can be obtained by providing transverse and longitudinal
diagonal bracing on both top and bottom extension staffs or sideways if prevented by lateral brace at top of table.
(Consult Engineering for details.).
(5) For tables with overall height to width ratio more than 3:1, lateral brace should be provided.
(6) If the equipment above the top chord is laterally braced in two directions, then the height of that equipment may be
assumed to be zero for the purpose of determining the leg load capacities.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
3.3.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
1.8 m Deep Alumalite Truss II Leg Load Capacity

OR TOP JACK
TO TOP CHORD

< 500
1800

1800
HORIZONTAL
REQUIRED WHEN
MAX.
1500
A > 1000mm
A HORIZONTAL

MAX.
1500
EXTENSION STAFF
REQUIRED WHEN
A > 1000mm

A
MAX.
450

SCREWJACK

MAX.
450
EXTENSION
STAFF
STEEL PACKER FIXED
OR TOP JACK SCREWJACK
TO TOP CHORD
BRACE IN TWO DIRECTIONS
WHEN B>500
B < 1200

1.8m TRUSS LEG LOAD CAPACITY


500 <

A (kN) (kip)
< 950 55.0 12.4
1100 52.0 11.7
1250 48.0 10.8
1400 45.0 10.1
1550 40.0 9.0

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
1700 34.0 7.6
1850 30.0 6.7
1800

>1850 CONSULT ENGINEERING

field, and is to be used with other data.


HORIZONTAL
REQUIRED WHEN
MAX.
1419

A > 1000mm
(900 MAX.)
A

EXTENSION
A

STAFF
MAX.
450

SCREWJACK

Notes: (1) These member capacities are applicable to both Standard and Modified Truss II
(2) Factor of Safety = 2:1
(3) Extension Staff to be extended in increments of 75 mm.
(4) For extension A greater than 900 mm, 55 kN capacity can be obtained by providing transverse and longitudinal
diagonal bracing on both top and bottom extension staffs or sideways if prevented by lateral brace at top of table.
(Consult Engineering for details.).
(5) For tables with overall height to width ratio more than 3:1, lateral brace should be provided.
(6) If the equipment above the top chord is laterally braced in two directions, then the height of that equipment may be
assumed to be zero for the purpose of determining the leg load capacities.
Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 3.3.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
1.8 m Deep Alumalite Truss II Load/Span Chart

Axial Load in
Allowable Load
Truss Length Span Chords
(FOS 2:1)
(FOS 2:1)
m ft m ft kN/m lbs/ft kN kip
4.88 16 2.44 8 38.90 2665.50 4.22 0.95
6.10 20 3.66 12 19.93 1365.64 15.96 3.59
7.32 24 4.88 16 13.29 910.65 27.70 6.23
8.54 28 6.10 20 9.97 683.16 39.44 8.87
9.76 32 7.32 24 7.97 546.12 51.19 11.51
10.98 36 8.53 28 6.64 454.98 62.93 14.15
12.20 40 9.75 32 5.70 390.57 74.67 16.79
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

13.42 44 10.97 36 4.98 341.24 86.41 19.43


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

14.64 48 12.19 40 4.43 303.55 98.15 22.06


15.86 52 13.41 44 3.99 273.40 109.90 24.71
field, and is to be used with other data.

17.08 56 14.63 48 3.62 248.05 121.64 27.35

Notes:
(1) This load chart applies only to Standard Truss II sitting on two supports with 1.2m (4') end cantilevers.
(2) Outer Leg @ 1.22 m c/c.
(3) Deflection needs to be checked for application.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
3.3.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
1.8 m Deep Alumalite Truss II Load/Span Chart

LOADED WIDTH TOTAL ALLOWABLE LOAD


mm in kN kip

0 0 18.38 4.14

150 6 19.71 4.44

300 12 21.25 4.80

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
450 18 23.05 5.21

field, and is to be used with other data.


600 24 25.19 5.70

750 30 27.76 6.30

900 36 30.91 7.03

1050 42 34.50 7.76

1200 48 34.50 7.76

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1
Engineering Manual 3.3.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.1
3.3.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
122 Beam Section Properties

85.0 mm
[3.346"]

[0.213"]
5.4 mm

61.5 mm
[2.421"]
2.5 mm
[0.098"]

123.0 mm
[4.841"]
2.5 mm
[0.098"]
5.1 mm
[0.200"]

35.5 mm
[1.396"]
85.0 mm
[3.346"]

Section Properties Imperial Metric


Cross-Section Area A 1.63 in2 1050 mm2
Ixx 6.73 in4 2.80E6 mm4
Moment of Inertia
Iyy 1.13 in4 471.7 E3 mm4
2.78 in3
Sxx(max) 45.50E3 mm3
Section Modulus
0.68 in3 11.10E3 mm3

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


Syy(min)

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


rx 2.04 in 51.70 mm
Radius of Gyration
ry 0.84 in 21.30 mm

field, and is to be used with other data.


Weight/ft 1.90 lb/ft 2.83 kg/m
Material Properties AA ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6
Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 38 ksi 260 MPa
Yield Strength Fy 35 ksi 240 MPa
Modulus of Elasticity E 10150 ksi 70000 MPa
Density 0.0975 lb/in3 2700 kg/m3
% Elongation 8%
Note: Bolt slot accepts 1/2 SAE Gr. 5 or ASTM A307 Hex bolts, Aluma bolts or standard square head bolts.

Imperial Metric
Allowable Bending Moment 44.69 kip-in 5.05 kN-m
Allowable Interior Reaction 7.09 kips 31.55 kN
Allowable Shear 4.77 kips 21.20 kN
Allowable End Reaction 3.55 kips 15.78 kN
Safety Factor 2.0:1 (on ultimate)
(Interior reaction based on a minimum effective bearing length of 100mm (4))

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.4.1


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
122 Beam Design Chart
Imperial
Allowable UDL Limit
SPAN
Deflection 1 SPAN 2 SPAN 3 SPAN
(ft)
L/360 (in) (lbs/ft) (lbs/ft) (lbs/ft)
4.00 0.13 1428 D 1419 R 1612 R
4.50 0.15 1003 D 1261 R 1433 R
5.00 0.17 731 D 1135 R 1290 R
5.50 0.18 549 D 985 M 1036 D
6.00 0.20 423 D 828 M 798 D
6.50 0.22 333 D 705 M 628 D
7.00 0.23 266 D 608 M 503 D
7.50 0.25 217 D * 217 522 D * 522 409 D * 409
8.00 0.27 178 D * 167 430 D * 403 337 D * 316
8.50 0.28 149 D * 131 358 D * 316 281 D * 248
9.00 0.30 125 D * 104 302 D * 252 237 D * 197
9.50 0.32 107 D * 84 257 D * 203 201 D * 159
10.00 0.33 91 D * 69 220 D * 165 172 D * 129

Metric
Allowable UDL Limit
SPAN
Deflection 1 SPAN 2 SPAN 3 SPAN
(m)
L/360 (mm) (kN/m) (kN/m) (kN/m)
1.20 3.33 21.85 D 21.03 R 23.90 R
1.35 3.75 15.35 D 18.70 R 21.25 R
1.50 4.17 11.19 D 16.83 R 19.12 R
1.65 4.58 8.41 D 14.84 M 15.86 D
1.80 5.00 6.47 D 12.47 M 12.22 D
1.95 5.42 5.09 D 10.62 M 9.61 D
2.10 5.83 4.08 D 9.16 M 7.69 D
2.25 6.25 3.32 D * 3.18 7.98 M * 7.67 6.26 D * 6.01
2.40 6.67 2.73 D * 2.46 6.58 D * 5.92 5.15 D * 4.64
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

2.55 7.08 2.28 D * 1.93 5.49 D * 4.65 4.30 D * 3.64


2.70 7.50 1.92 D * 1.53 4.62 D * 3.70 3.62 D * 2.90
2.85 7.92 1.63 D * 1.24 3.93 D * 2.98 3.08 D * 2.33
field, and is to be used with other data.

3.00 8.33 1.40 D * 1.01 3.37 D * 2.43 2.64 D * 1.90

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate)

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.4.2 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
122 Beam Load Chart Metric
Metric

Beam Allowable Deflection


Case Span Condition Allowable U.D.L.
Length (mm)
No.
(m) (m) 1st Span 2nd Span (kN/m)
1 2.70 1.20 1.50 3.33 4.17 16.68 D
2 3.00 1.20 1.80 3.33 5.00 10.05 D
3 3.30 1.20 2.10 3.33 5.83 6.54 D
4 3.60 1.20 2.40 3.33 6.67 4.51 D * 4.06
5 3.90 1.20 2.70 3.33 7.50 3.25 D * 2.60
6 4.20 1.20 3.00 3.33 8.33 2.42 D * 1.74
7 3.90 1.20 1.50 1.20 3.33 4.17 19.72 R
8 4.20 1.20 1.80 1.20 3.33 5.00 14.52 D
9 4.50 1.20 2.10 1.20 3.33 5.83 9.69 D
10 4.80 1.20 2.40 1.20 3.33 6.67 6.83 D * 6.15
11 5.10 1.20 2.70 1.20 3.33 7.50 5.01 D * 4.01
12 5.40 1.20 3.00 1.20 3.33 8.33 3.80 D * 2.73
13 3.30 1.50 1.80 4.17 5.00 9.58 D
14 3.60 1.50 2.10 4.17 5.83 6.23 D
15 3.90 1.50 2.40 4.17 6.67 4.30 D * 3.87
16 4.20 1.50 2.70 4.17 7.50 3.10 D * 2.48
17 4.50 1.50 3.00 4.17 8.33 2.31 D * 1.66
18 4.20 1.50 1.20 1.50 4.17 3.33 17.16 D
19 4.80 1.50 1.80 1.50 4.17 5.00 13.33 D
20 5.10 1.50 2.10 1.50 4.17 5.83 8.90 D

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
21 5.70 1.50 2.70 1.50 4.17 7.50 4.61 D * 3.69
22 6.00 1.50 3.00 1.50 4.17 8.33 3.50 D * 2.52

field, and is to be used with other data.


23 3.90 1.80 2.10 5.00 5.83 6.00 D
24 4.20 1.80 2.40 5.00 6.67 4.13 D * 3.72
25 4.50 1.80 2.70 5.00 7.50 2.98 D * 2.38
26 4.80 1.80 3.00 5.00 8.33 2.22 D * 1.60
27 4.80 1.80 1.20 1.80 5.00 3.33 10.28 D
28 5.10 1.80 1.50 1.80 5.00 4.17 9.83 D
29 5.70 1.80 2.10 1.80 5.00 5.83 8.31 D

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate).

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.4.3


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
122 Beam Load Chart Metric
Metric
Beam Allowable Deflection
Case Span Condition Allowable U.D.L.
Length (mm)
No.
(m) (m) 1st Span 2nd Span (kN/m)
30 6.00 1.80 2.40 1.80 5.00 6.67 5.85 D * 5.27
31 6.30 1.80 2.70 1.80 5.00 7.50 4.30 D * 3.44
32 6.60 1.80 3.00 1.80 5.00 8.33 3.26 D * 2.35
33 4.50 2.10 2.40 5.83 6.67 4.00 D * 3.60
34 4.80 2.10 2.70 5.83 7.50 2.88 D * 2.30
35 5.10 2.10 3.00 5.83 8.33 2.15 D * 1.55
36 5.40 2.10 1.20 2.10 5.83 3.33 6.56 D
37 5.70 2.10 1.50 2.10 5.83 4.17 6.39 D
38 6.00 2.10 1.80 2.10 5.83 5.00 6.15 D
39 6.60 2.10 2.40 2.10 5.83 6.67 5.52 D * 4.97
40 6.90 2.10 2.70 2.10 5.83 7.50 4.05 D * 3.24
41 7.20 2.10 3.00 2.10 5.83 8.33 3.08 D * 2.22
42 5.10 2.40 2.70 6.67 7.50 2.80 D * 2.24
43 5.40 2.40 3.00 6.67 8.33 2.09 D * 1.50
44 6.00 2.40 1.20 2.40 6.67 3.33 4.41 D * 3.97
45 6.30 2.40 1.50 2.40 6.67 4.17 4.39 D * 3.95
46 6.60 2.40 1.80 2.40 6.67 5.00 4.24 D * 3.81
47 6.90 2.40 2.10 2.40 6.67 5.83 4.11 D * 3.70
48 5.70 2.70 3.00 7.50 8.33 2.03 D * 1.47
49 6.60 2.70 1.20 2.70 7.50 3.33 3.13 D * 2.50
50 6.90 2.70 1.50 2.70 7.50 4.17 3.09 D * 2.47
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

51 7.20 2.70 1.80 2.70 7.50 5.00 3.05 D * 2.44


52 7.20 3.00 1.20 3.00 8.33 3.33 2.31 D * 1.66
field, and is to be used with other data.

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate).

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.4.4 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
122 Beam Load Chart - Imperial
Imperial
Beam Allowable Deflection Allowable
Case Span Condition
Length (mm) U.D.L.
No.
(ft.) (ft.) 1st Span 2nd Span lb/ft
1 9.00 4.00 5.00 0.13 0.17 1091 D
2 10.00 4.00 6.00 0.13 0.20 657 D
3 11.00 4.00 7.00 0.13 0.23 428 D
4 12.00 4.00 8.00 0.13 0.27 295 D * 276
5 13.00 4.00 9.00 0.13 0.30 226 D * 188
6 14.00 4.00 10.00 0.13 0.33 158 D * 119
7 13.00 4.00 5.00 4.00 0.13 0.17 1331 R
8 14.00 4.00 6.00 4.00 0.13 0.20 948 D
9 15.00 4.00 7.00 4.00 0.13 0.23 633 D
10 16.00 4.00 8.00 4.00 0.13 0.27 446 D * 418
11 17.00 4.00 9.00 4.00 0.13 0.30 327 D * 273
12 18.00 4.00 10.00 4.00 0.13 0.33 279 D * 209
13 11.00 5.00 6.00 0.17 0.20 960 M
14 12.00 5.00 7.00 0.17 0.23 407 D
15 13.00 5.00 8.00 0.17 0.27 281 D * 263
16 14.00 5.00 9.00 0.17 0.30 202 D * 169
17 15.00 5.00 10.00 0.17 0.33 151 D * 113
18 14.00 5.00 4.00 5.00 0.17 0.13 1119 D
19 16.00 5.00 6.00 5.00 0.17 0.20 871 D
20 17.00 5.00 7.00 5.00 0.17 0.23 581 D

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
21 19.00 5.00 9.00 5.00 0.17 0.30 301 D * 251
22 20.00 5.00 10.00 5.00 0.17 0.33 228 D * 171

field, and is to be used with other data.


23 13.00 6.00 7.00 0.20 0.23 392 D
24 14.00 6.00 8.00 0.20 0.27 270 D * 253
25 15.00 6.00 9.00 0.20 0.30 195 D * 162
26 16.00 6.00 10.00 0.20 0.33 145 D * 109
27 16.00 6.00 4.00 6.00 0.20 0.13 671 D
28 17.00 6.00 5.00 6.00 0.20 0.17 535 D
29 19.00 6.00 7.00 6.00 0.20 0.23 543 D
Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate).

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.4.5


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
122 Beam Load Chart - Imperial
Imperial
Beam Allowable Deflection Allowable
Case Span Condition
Length (in) U.D.L.
No.
(ft.) (ft.) 1st Span 2nd Span lb/ft
30 20.00 6.00 8.00 6.00 0.20 0.27 382 D * 358
31 21.00 6.00 9.00 6.00 0.20 0.30 281 D * 234
32 22.00 6.00 10.00 6.00 0.20 0.33 213 D * 160
33 15.00 7.00 8.00 0.00 0.23 0.27 261 D * 245
34 16.00 7.00 9.00 0.00 0.23 0.30 188 D * 157
35 17.00 7.00 10.00 0.00 0.23 0.33 140 D * 105
36 18.00 7.00 4.00 7.00 0.23 0.13 429 D
37 19.00 7.00 5.00 7.00 0.23 0.17 298 D
38 20.00 7.00 6.00 7.00 0.23 0.20 344 D
39 22.00 7.00 8.00 7.00 0.23 0.27 361 D * 339
40 23.00 7.00 9.00 7.00 0.23 0.30 265 D * 221
41 24.00 7.00 10.00 7.00 0.23 0.33 201 D * 151
42 17.00 8.00 9.00 0.00 0.27 0.30 183 D * 152
43 18.00 8.00 10.00 0.00 0.27 0.33 136 D * 102
44 20.00 8.00 4.00 8.00 0.27 0.13 288 D * 270
45 21.00 8.00 5.00 8.00 0.27 0.17 179 D
46 22.00 8.00 6.00 8.00 0.27 0.20 208 D
47 23.00 8.00 7.00 8.00 0.27 0.23 235 D
48 19.00 9.00 10.00 0.00 0.30 0.33 133 D * 100
49 22.00 9.00 4.00 9.00 0.30 0.13 96 D
50 23.00 9.00 5.00 9.00 0.30 0.17 115 D
51 24.00 9.00 6.00 9.00 0.30 0.20 133 D
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

52 24.00 10.00 4.00 10.00 0.33 0.13 64 D


field, and is to be used with other data.

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate)

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.4.6 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
122 Beam Allowable Load (for Width b)
b

L
Imperial
L = 6 ft L = 5 ft L = 4 ft
b (in) Total Load UDL Total Load UDL Total Load UDL
(kips) (lbs/ft) (kips) (lbs/ft) (kips) (lbs/ft)
0 1.59 D - 2.28 D - 3.57 D -
12 1.61 D 1.61 2.33 D 2.33 3.68 D 3.68
18 1.63 D 1.09 2.38 D 1.59 3.81 D 2.54
24 1.67 D 0.84 2.46 D 1.23 4.01 D 2.00
30 1.72 D 0.69 2.56 D 1.03 4.27 D 1.71
36 1.78 D 0.59 2.70 D 0.90 4.63 D 1.54
42 1.86 D 0.53 2.86 D 0.82 5.09 D 1.45
48 1.95 D 0.49 3.07 D 0.77 5.71 D 1.43
54 2.06 D 0.46 3.33 D 0.74
60 2.19 D 0.44 3.65 D 0.73
66 2.35 D 0.43
72 2.54 D 0.42

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


Metric

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


L = 1.83 m L = 1.52 m L = 1.22 m
b
(mm) Total Load UDL Total Load UDL Total Load UDL

field, and is to be used with other data.


(kN) (kN/m) (kN) (kN/m) (kN) (kN/m)
0 7.05 D - 10.16 D - 15.88 D -
300 7.15 D 23.82 10.35 D 34.51 16.35 D 54.49
450 7.26 D 16.14 10.59 D 23.53 16.93 D 37.62
600 7.42 D 12.37 10.92 D 18.21 17.77 D 29.62
750 7.63 D 10.17 11.37 D 15.16 18.91 D 25.21
900 7.89 D 8.77 11.94 D 13.26 20.42 D 22.69
1050 8.21 D 7.82 12.65 D 12.04 22.40 D 21.34
1200 8.60 D 7.17 13.53 D 11.27 25.02 D 20.85
1350 9.07 D 6.72 14.63 D 10.84
1500 9.63 D 6.42 16.01 D 10.67
1650 10.30 D 6.24
1829 11.29 D 6.17

Notes:
1. M Bending moment governs.
2. D Deflection governs (L/360).
3. Factor of safety = 2.0:1

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.4.7


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
122 Beam Maximum Allowable U.D.L. (2 Supports)
De - Deflection at the free end governs; limited by 2A/360.
Dm - Deflection at midspan governs; limited by B/360.
D* - Deflection at midspan governs; limited by 6 mm ().
V - Shear governs.
R - Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm)
solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for capacities in other support
Note: Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate) conditions.

SPAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE U.D.L. (kN/m2)


L 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900
B 1500 1800 2100
A 450 600 750 900
30.25 De 38.31 R 22.74 Dm 25.64 De 17.24 Dm 12.35 De
610 mm
JOIST SPACING

37.81 De 47.89 R 28.43 Dm 32.06 De 21.55 Dm 15.44 De


488 mm
45.44 De 57.56 R 34.17 Dm 38.53 De 25.90 Dm 18.56 De
406 mm
60.49 De 76.62 R 45.49 Dm 51.29 De 34.48 Dm 24.71 De
305 mm
90.89 De 115.12 R 68.35 Dm 77.06 De 51.80 Dm 37.12 De
203 mm
123.00 De 155.80 R 92.49 Dm 104.29 De 70.10 Dm 50.23 De
150 mm

SPAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE U.D.L. (kN/m2)


L 4200 4500 4800 5100 5400
B 2400 2700 3000
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

A 900 1050 1200


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

13.78 Dm 6.74 Dm 11.47 Dm 5.56 Dm 9.43 Dm


610 mm
12.40 D* 5.39 D* 9.18 D* 4.01 D* 7.12 D*
field, and is to be used with other data.

17.22 Dm 8.42 Dm 14.34 Dm 6.96 Dm 11.78 Dm


JOIST SPACING

488 mm
15.50 D* 6.74 D* 11.47 D* 5.01 D* 8.89 D*
20.70 Dm 10.13 Dm 17.24 Dm 8.36 Dm 14.16 Dm
406 mm
18.63 D* 8.10 D* 13.79 D* 6.02 D* 10.69 D*
27.56 Dm 13.48 Dm 22.95 Dm 11.13 Dm 18.85 Dm
305 mm
24.80 D* 10.78 D* 18.36 D* 8.01 D* 14.23 D*
41.40 Dm 20.25 Dm 34.48 Dm 16.72 Dm 28.33 Dm
203 mm
37.26 D* 16.20 D* 27.58 D* 12.04 D* 21.38 D*
56.03 Dm 27.41 Dm 46.66 Dm 22.63 Dm 38.34 Dm
150 mm
50.43 D* 21.92 D* 37.33 D* 16.29 D* 28.93 D*

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.4.8 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
122 Beam Maximum Allowable U.D.L. (3 Support)

De - Deflection at the free end governs; limited by 2A/360.


D** - Deflection at the free end governs; limited by 6 mm (").
Dm - Deflection at midspan governs; limited by B/360.
D* - Deflection at midspan governs; limited by 6 mm ().
V - Shear governs.
R - Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm)
Note: Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for capacities in other support
conditions.

SPAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE U.D.L. (kN/m2)


L 5700 6000 6300 6600 6900 7200
B 2100 2100 2400 2400 2400 2700
A 750 900 750 900 1050 900
20.19 M 14.58 De 14.27 M 15.92 M 8.59 De 11.66 M
610 mm
14.06 D* 9.34 D*
25.24 M 18.23 De 17.84 M 19.90 M 10.74 De 14.58 M
JOIST SPACING

488 mm
17.58 D* 11.68 D*
30.34 M 21.91 De 21.45 M 23.92 M 12.91 De 17.52 M
406 mm
21.13 D* 14.04 D*
40.38 M 29.16 De 28.55 M 31.84 M 17.18 De 23.32 M
305 mm
28.12 D* 18.68 D*
60.68 M 43.82 De 42.89 M 47.84 M 25.82 De 35.04 M
203 mm
42.25 D* 28.07 D*
82.11 M 59.30 De 58.05 M 64.74 M 34.94 De 47.42 M
150 mm
57.18 D* 37.99 D*

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


SPAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE U.D.L. (kN/m2)

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


L 7500 7800 8100 8400 8700 9000
B 2700 2700 3000 3000 3300 3300

field, and is to be used with other data.


A 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200
12.94 M 5.52 De 9.00 Dm 8.31 De 6.11 Dm 7.10 Dm
610 mm
11.49 D* 4.97 D** 6.48 D* 7.48 D** 4.00 D* 4.65 D*
16.17 M 6.90 De 11.25 Dm 10.39 De 7.64 Dm 8.88 Dm
JOIST SPACING

488 mm
14.36 D* 6.21 D** 8.10 D* 9.35 D** 5.00 D* 5.81 D*
19.44 M 8.30 De 13.52 Dm 12.48 De 9.18 Dm 10.67 Dm
406 mm
17.26 D* 7.47 D** 9.73 D* 11.23 D** 6.01 D* 6.98 D*
25.87 M 11.05 De 17.99 Dm 16.62 De 12.22 Dm 14.20 Dm
305 mm
22.98 D* 9.94 D** 12.96 D* 14.95 D** 8.00 D* 9.30 D*
38.87 M 16.60 De 27.04 Dm 24.97 De 18.35 Dm 21.34 Dm
203 mm
34.53 D* 14.94 D** 19.47 D* 22.47 D** 12.01 D*m 13.97 D*
52.60 M 22.46 De 36.59 Dm 33.79 De 24.84 Dm 28.88 Dm
150 mm
46.73 D* 20.21 D** 26.34 D* 30.41 D** 16.26 D* 18.90 D*

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.4.9


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.4.10 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
140 Beam Section Properties

63.5 mm
[2.500"]
Y

43.8 mm
[1.725"]

[0.200"]
5.1 mm
78.2 mm
[3.079"]
3.6 mm
[0.140"]
139.7 mm
140.7 mm

[5.502"]
[5.539"]

2.8 mm
[0.110"]
X C.G. X
62.5 mm
[2.459"]

Y
85.1 mm
[3.350"]

Section Properties Imperial Metric


Cross-Section Area A 1.72 in2 1112 mm2
Ixx 6.99 in4 2.91E6 mm4
Moment of Inertia
Iyy 0.97 in4 405E3 mm4
2.79 in3 45.67E3 mm3

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


Sxx(max)

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


Section Modulus Sxx(min) 2.22 in3 36.38E3 mm3
Syy(min) 0.57 in3 9.34E3 mm3

field, and is to be used with other data.


rx 2.01 in 51.18 mm
Radius of Gyration
ry 0.75 in 19.09 mm
Weight/ft (without nailer) 2.01 lb/ft 3.00 kg/m
(with nailer) 2.78 lb/ft 4.15 kg/m
Material Properties AA ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6
Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 38 ksi 260 MPa
Yield Strength Fy 35 ksi 240 MPa
Modulus of Elasticity E 10150 ksi 70000 MPa
Density 0.0975 lb/in3 2700 kg/m3
% Elongation 8%
Note: Bolt slot accepts 1/2 SAE Gr. 5 or ASTM A307 Hex bolts, Aluma bolts or standard square head bolts.

Imperial Metric
Allowable Bending Moment 38.94 kip-in 4.40 kN-m
Allowable Interior Reaction 7.32 kips 32.55 kN
Allowable Shear 6.47 kips 28.80 kN
Allowable End Reaction 3.66 kips 16.30 kN
Safety Factor 2.0:1 (on ultimate)
(Interior reaction based on a minimum effective bearing length of 100mm (4))

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1 Engineering Manual 3.5.1


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
140 Beam Design Chart

Imperial
Allowable UDL Limit
SPAN
Deflection 1 SPAN 2 SPAN 3 SPAN
(ft)
L/360 (in) (lbs/ft) (lbs/ft) (lbs/ft)
4.00 0.13 1605 D 1464 R 1663 R
4.50 0.15 1127 D 1282 M 1478 R
5.00 0.17 822 D 1038 M 1298 M
5.50 0.18 617 D 858 M 1073 M
6.00 0.20 476 D 721 M 897 D
6.50 0.22 374 D 614 M 706 D
7.00 0.23 299 D 530 M 565 D
7.50 0.25 243 D * 243 461 M 459 D * 459
8.00 0.27 201 D * 188 406 M 379 D * 355
8.50 0.28 167 D * 148 359 M * 356 316 D * 279
9.00 0.30 141 D * 117 320 M * 283 266 D * 222
9.50 0.32 120 D * 95 288 M * 228 226 D * 178
10.00 0.33 103 D * 77 247 D * 186 194 D * 145

Metric
Allowable UDL Limit
SPAN
Deflection 1 SPAN 2 SPAN 3 SPAN
(m)
L/360 (mm) (kN/m) (kN/m) (kN/m)
1.20 3.33 24.44 M 21.70 R 24.66 R
1.35 3.75 17.25 D 19.29 R 21.92 R
1.50 4.17 12.58 D 15.64 M 19.56 M
1.65 4.58 9.45 D 12.93 M 16.16 M
1.80 5.00 7.28 D 10.86 M 13.58 M
1.95 5.42 5.73 D 9.26 M 10.80 D
2.10 5.83 4.58 D 7.98 M 8.65 D
2.25 6.25 3.73 D * 3.58 6.95 M 7.03 D * 6.75
2.40 6.67 3.07 D * 2.76 6.11 M 5.80 D * 5.22
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

2.55 7.08 2.56 D * 2.17 5.41 M * 5.22 4.83 D * 4.09


2.70 7.50 2.16 D * 1.73 4.83 M * 4.16 4.07 D * 3.26
field, and is to be used with other data.

2.85 7.92 1.83 D * 1.39 4.33 M * 3.35 3.46 D * 2.62


3.00 8.33 1.57 D * 1.13 3.79 M * 2.73 2.97 D * 2.14

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate).

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.5.2 Engineering Manual V. 3.1


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
140 Beam Load Chart - Metric

Metric
Beam Allowable Deflection
Case Span Condition Allowable U.D.L.
Length (mm)
No.
(m) (m) 1st Span 2nd Span (kN/m)
1 2.70 1.20 1.50 3.33 4.17 18.33 M
2 3.00 1.20 1.80 3.33 5.00 11.30 D
3 3.30 1.20 2.10 3.33 5.83 7.36 D
4 3.60 1.20 2.40 3.33 6.67 5.07 D * 4.56
5 3.90 1.20 2.70 3.33 7.50 3.65 D * 2.92
6 4.20 1.20 3.00 3.33 8.33 2.72 D * 1.96
7 3.90 1.20 1.50 1.20 3.33 4.17 20.34 R
8 4.20 1.20 1.80 1.20 3.33 5.00 16.30 M
9 4.50 1.20 2.10 1.20 3.33 5.83 10.90 D
10 4.80 1.20 2.40 1.20 3.33 6.67 7.68 D * 6.91
11 5.10 1.20 2.70 1.20 3.33 7.50 5.63 D * 4.51
12 5.40 1.20 3.00 1.20 3.33 8.33 4.27 D * 3.07
13 3.30 1.50 1.80 4.17 5.00 10.77 D
14 3.60 1.50 2.10 4.17 5.83 7.01 D
15 3.90 1.50 2.40 4.17 6.67 4.83 D * 4.35
16 4.20 1.50 2.70 4.17 7.50 3.48 D * 2.79
17 4.50 1.50 3.00 4.17 8.33 2.60 D * 1.87
18 4.20 1.50 1.20 1.50 4.17 3.33 19.13 M
19 4.80 1.50 1.80 1.50 4.17 5.00 14.19 M
20 5.10 1.50 2.10 1.50 4.17 5.83 10.01 D

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
21 5.70 1.50 2.70 1.50 4.17 7.50 5.18 D * 4.15
22 6.00 1.50 3.00 1.50 4.17 8.33 3.93 D * 2.83

field, and is to be used with other data.


23 3.90 1.80 2.10 5.00 5.83 6.74 D
24 4.20 1.80 2.40 5.00 6.67 4.65 D * 4.18
25 4.50 1.80 2.70 5.00 7.50 3.35 D * 2.68
26 4.80 1.80 3.00 5.00 8.33 2.50 D * 1.8
27 4.80 1.80 1.20 1.80 5.00 3.33 11.56 D
28 5.10 1.80 1.50 1.80 5.00 4.17 11.05 D
29 5.70 1.80 2.10 1.80 5.00 5.83 9.34 D

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate)

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1 Engineering Manual 3.5.3


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
140 Beam Load Chart - Metric
Metric
Beam Allowable Deflection
Case Span Condition Allowable U.D.L.
Length (mm)
No.
(m) (m) 1st Span 2nd Span (kN/m)
30 6.00 1.80 2.40 1.80 5.00 6.67 6.58 D * 5.92
31 6.30 1.80 2.70 1.80 5.00 7.50 4.83 D * 3.87
32 6.60 1.80 3.00 1.80 5.00 8.33 3.67 D * 2.64
33 4.50 2.10 2.40 5.83 6.67 4.50 D * 4.05
34 4.80 2.10 2.70 5.83 7.50 3.24 D * 2.59
35 5.10 2.10 3.00 5.83 8.33 2.41 D * 1.74
36 5.40 2.10 1.20 2.10 5.83 3.33 7.37 D
37 5.70 2.10 1.50 2.10 5.83 4.17 7.18 D
38 6.00 2.10 1.80 2.10 5.83 5.00 6.92 D
39 6.60 2.10 2.40 2.10 5.83 6.67 6.21 D * 5.58
40 6.90 2.10 2.70 2.10 5.83 7.50 4.56 D * 3.65
41 7.20 2.10 3.00 2.10 5.83 8.33 3.46 D * 2.49
42 5.10 2.40 2.70 6.67 7.50 3.15 D * 2.52
43 5.40 2.40 3.00 6.67 8.33 2.35 D * 1.69
44 6.00 2.40 1.20 2.40 6.67 3.33 4.96 D * 4.46
45 6.30 2.40 1.50 2.40 6.67 4.17 4.94 D * 4.45
46 6.60 2.40 1.80 2.40 6.67 5.00 4.76 D * 4.29
47 6.90 2.40 2.10 2.40 6.67 5.83 4.62 D * 4.16
48 5.70 2.70 3.00 7.50 8.33 2.29 D * 1.65
49 6.60 2.70 1.20 2.70 7.50 3.33 3.52 D * 2.81
50 6.90 2.70 1.50 2.70 7.50 4.17 3.47 D * 2.78
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

51 7.20 2.70 1.80 2.70 7.50 5.00 3.43 D * 2.74


52 7.20 3.00 1.20 3.00 8.33 3.33 2.59 D * 1.87
field, and is to be used with other data.

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate)

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.5.4 Engineering Manual V. 3.1


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
140 Beam Load Chart - Imperial
Imperial
Beam Allowable Deflection Allowable
Case Span Condition
Length (in) U.D.L.
No.
(ft.) (ft.) 1st Span 2nd Span lb/ft
1 9.00 4.00 5.00 0.13 0.17 1226 D
2 10.00 4.00 6.00 0.13 0.20 738 D
3 11.00 4.00 7.00 0.13 0.23 481 D
4 12.00 4.00 8.00 0.13 0.27 331 D * 311
5 13.00 4.00 9.00 0.13 0.30 254 D * 211
6 14.00 4.00 10.00 0.13 0.33 178 D * 133
7 13.00 4.00 5.00 4.00 0.13 0.17 1373 R
8 14.00 4.00 6.00 4.00 0.13 0.20 1066 D
9 15.00 4.00 7.00 4.00 0.13 0.23 712 D
10 16.00 4.00 8.00 4.00 0.13 0.27 502 D * 470
11 17.00 4.00 9.00 4.00 0.13 0.30 368 D * 306
12 18.00 4.00 10.00 4.00 0.13 0.33 313 D * 235
13 11.00 5.00 6.00 0.17 0.20 836 M
14 12.00 5.00 7.00 0.17 0.23 458 D
15 13.00 5.00 8.00 0.17 0.27 316 D * 296
16 14.00 5.00 9.00 0.17 0.30 228 D * 190
17 15.00 5.00 10.00 0.17 0.33 170 D * 127
18 14.00 5.00 4.00 5.00 0.17 0.13 1258 D
19 16.00 5.00 6.00 5.00 0.17 0.20 938 M
20 17.00 5.00 7.00 5.00 0.17 0.23 653 D

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
21 19.00 5.00 9.00 5.00 0.17 0.30 339 D * 282
22 20.00 5.00 10.00 5.00 0.17 0.33 257 D * 193

field, and is to be used with other data.


23 13.00 6.00 7.00 0.20 0.23 440 D
24 14.00 6.00 8.00 0.20 0.27 303 D * 284
25 15.00 6.00 9.00 0.20 0.30 219 D * 182
26 16.00 6.00 10.00 0.20 0.33 163 D * 122
27 16.00 6.00 4.00 6.00 0.20 0.13 755 D
28 17.00 6.00 5.00 6.00 0.20 0.17 602 D
29 19.00 6.00 7.00 6.00 0.20 0.23 610 D

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate).

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1 Engineering Manual 3.5.5


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
140 Beam Load Chart - Imperial
Imperial
Beam Allowable Deflection Allowable
Case Span Condition
Length (in.) U.D.L.
No.
(ft.) (ft.) 1st Span 2nd Span lb/ft
30 20.00 6.00 8.00 6.00 0.20 0.27 430 D * 403
31 21.00 6.00 9.00 6.00 0.20 0.30 316 D * 263
32 22.00 6.00 10.00 6.00 0.20 0.33 240 D * 180
33 15.00 7.00 8.00 0.23 0.27 294 D * 275
34 16.00 7.00 9.00 0.23 0.30 212 D * 176
35 17.00 7.00 10.00 0.23 0.33 158 D * 118
36 18.00 7.00 4.00 7.00 0.23 0.13 482 D
37 19.00 7.00 5.00 7.00 0.23 0.17 335 D
38 20.00 7.00 6.00 7.00 0.23 0.20 387 D
39 22.00 7.00 8.00 7.00 0.23 0.27 406 D * 381
40 23.00 7.00 9.00 7.00 0.23 0.30 298 D * 248
41 24.00 7.00 10.00 7.00 0.23 0.33 226 D * 170
42 17.00 8.00 9.00 0.27 0.30 206 D * 171
43 18.00 8.00 10.00 0.27 0.33 153 D * 115
44 20.00 8.00 4.00 8.00 0.27 0.13 324 D * 304
45 21.00 8.00 5.00 8.00 0.27 0.17 202 D
46 22.00 8.00 6.00 8.00 0.27 0.20 233 D
47 23.00 8.00 7.00 8.00 0.27 0.23 264 D
48 19.00 9.00 10.00 0.30 0.33 149 D * 112
49 22.00 9.00 4.00 9.00 0.30 0.13 108 D
50 23.00 9.00 5.00 9.00 0.30 0.17 129 D
51 24.00 9.00 6.00 9.00 0.30 0.20 149 D
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

52 24.00 10.00 4.00 10.00 0.33 0.13 72 D


field, and is to be used with other data.

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate).

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.5.6 Engineering Manual V. 3.1


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
140 Beam Allowable Load (for width b)
b

Imperial
L = 6 ft L = 5 ft L = 4 ft
b (ft) Total Load UDL Total Load UDL Total Load UDL
(kips) (lbs/ft) (kips) (lbs/ft) (kips) (lbs/ft)
0 1.78 D - 2.57 D - 3.24 M -
12 1.81 D 1.81 2.62 D 2.62 3.71 M 3.71
18 1.84 D 1.22 2.68 D 1.79 3.99 M 2.66
24 1.88 D 0.94 2.77 D 1.38 4.33 M 2.16
30 1.93 D 0.77 2.88 D 1.15 4.72 M 1.89
36 2.00 D 0.67 3.03 D 1.01 5.19 M 1.73
42 2.09 D 0.60 3.22 D 0.92 5.72 D 1.64
48 2.19 D 0.55 3.45 D 0.86 6.42 D 1.61
54 2.31 D 0.51 3.74 D 0.83
60 2.46 D 0.49 4.11 D 0.82
66 2.64 D 0.48
72 2.85 D 0.48

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


Metric

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


L = 1.83 m L = 1.52 m L = 1.22 m
b (m) Total Load UDL Total Load UDL Total Load UDL

field, and is to be used with other data.


(kN) (kN/m) (kN) (kN/m) (kN) (kN/m)
0 7.93 D - 11.42 D - 14.44 M -
300 8.04 D 26.78 11.64 D 38.79 16.46 M 54.88
450 8.16 D 18.14 11.90 D 26.46 17.71 M 39.35
600 8.34 D 13.91 12.28 D 20.47 19.15 M 31.92
750 8.58 D 11.44 12.78 D 17.04 20.85 M 27.80
900 8.87 D 9.86 13.42 D 14.91 22.89 M 25.43
1050 9.24 D 8.80 14.22 D 13.54 25.19 D 23.99
1200 9.67 D 8.06 15.21 D 12.68 28.13 D 23.44
1350 10.20 D 7.55 16.45 D 12.18
1500 10.83 D 7.22 18.00 D 12.00
1650 11.58 D 7.02
1829 12.69 D 6.94
Notes:
1. M Bending moment governs.
2. D Deflection governs (L/360).
3. Factor of safety = 2.0:1

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1 Engineering Manual 3.5.7


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
140 Beam Maximum Allowable U.D.L. (2 Support)
De - Deflection at the free end governs; limited by 2A/360.
Dm - Deflection at midspan governs; limited by B/360.
D* - Deflection at midspan governs; limited by 6 mm ().
V - Shear governs.
R - Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm)
solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for capacities in other support
Note: Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate) conditions.

SPAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE U.D.L. (kN/m2)


L 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900
B 1500 1800 2100
A 450 600 750 900
34.01 De 39.53 R 25.57 Dm 28.83 De 19.38 Dm 13.89 De
610 mm
JOIST SPACING

42.51 De 49.41 R 31.96 Dm 36.04 De 24.23 Dm 17.36 De


488 mm
51.09 De 59.39 R 38.42 Dm 43.32 De 29.12 Dm 20.87 De
406 mm
68.01 De 79.05 R 51.14 Dm 57.66 De 38.76 Dm 27.78 De
305 mm
102.18 De 118.77 R 76.84 Dm 86.64 De 58.24 Dm 41.73 De
203 mm
138.29 De 160.74 R 103.99 Dm 117.25 De 78.81 Dm 56.48 De
150 mm

SPAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE U.D.L. (kN/m2)


L 4200 4500 4800 5100 5400
B 2400 2700 3000
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

A 900 1050 1200


15.49 Dm 7.58 Dm 12.90 Dm 6.26 Dm 10.60 Dm
610 mm
field, and is to be used with other data.

13.94 D* 6.06 D* 10.32 D* 4.50 D* 8.00 D*


19.36 Dm 9.47 Dm 16.13 Dm 7.82 Dm 13.25 Dm
JOIST SPACING

488 mm
17.43 D* 7.58 D* 12.90 D* 5.63 D* 10.00 D*
23.27 Dm 11.38 Dm 19.38 Dm 9.40 Dm 15.92 Dm
406 mm
20.95 D* 9.11 D* 15.51 D* 6.77 D* 12.02 D*
30.98 Dm 15.15 Dm 25.80 Dm 12.51 Dm 21.20 Dm
305 mm
27.88 D* 12.12 D* 20.64 D* 9.01 D* 16.00 D*
46.55 Dm 22.77 Dm 38.77 Dm 18.80 Dm 31.85 Dm
203 mm
41.89 D* 18.21 D* 31.01 D* 13.54 D* 24.04 D*
62.99 Dm 30.81 Dm 52.46 Dm 25.44 Dm 43.10 Dm
150 mm
56.70 D* 24.65 D* 41.97 D* 18.32 D* 32.53 D*

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.5.8 Engineering Manual V. 3.1


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
140 Beam Maximum Allowable U.D.L. (3 Support)
De - Deflection at the free end governs; limited by 2A/360.
D** - Deflection at the free end governs; limited by 6 mm (").
Dm - Deflection at midspan governs; limited by B/360.
D* - Deflection at midspan governs; limited by 6 mm ().
V - Shear governs.
R - Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm)
Note: Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for capacities in other support
conditions.

SPAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE U.D.L. (kN/m2)


L 5700 6000 6300 6600 6900 7200
B 2100 2100 2400 2400 2400 2700
A 750 900 750 900 1050 900
610 mm 17.59 M 16.39 De 12.44 M 13.87 M 9.66 De 10.16 M
JOIST SPACING

488 mm 21.99 M 20.49 De 15.55 M 17.34 M 12.07 De 12.70 M

406 mm 26.43 M 24.63 De 18.69 M 20.84 M 14.51 De 15.26 M

305 mm 35.19 M 32.79 De 24.87 M 27.74 M 19.32 De 20.32 M

203 mm 52.87 M 49.26 De 37.37 M 41.68 M 29.03 De 30.53 M

150 mm 71.54 M 66.67 De 50.57 M 56.41 M 39.28 De 41.31 M

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE U.D.L. (kN/m2)

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


SPAN
L 7500 7800 8100 8400 8700 9000

field, and is to be used with other data.


B 2700 2700 3000 3000 3300 3300
A 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200
11.27 M 6.21 De 8.49 M 9.34 De 6.62 M 7.21 M
610 mm
5.59 D** 7.28 D* 8.41 D** 4.50 D* 5.23 D*
14.09 M 7.76 De 10.61 M 11.68 De 8.27 M 9.02 M
JOIST SPACING

488 mm
6.99 D** 9.10 D* 10.51 D** 5.62 D* 6.53 D*
16.93 M 9.33 De 12.75 M 14.03 De 9.94 M 10.84 M
406 mm
8.40 D** 10.94 D* 12.63 D** 6.75 D* 7.85 D*
22.54 M 12.42 De 16.97 M 18.68 De 13.24 M 14.43 M
305 mm
11.18 D** 14.57 D* 16.81 D** 8.99 D* 10.45 D*
33.87 M 18.66 De 25.50 M 28.07 De 19.89 M 21.67 M
203 mm
16.79 D** 21.89 D* 25.26 D** 13.51 D* 15.70 D*
45.83 M 25.25 De 34.51 M 37.99 De 26.91 M 29.33 M
150 mm
22.73 D** 29.62 D* 34.19 D** 18.28 D* 21.25 D*

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.1 Engineering Manual 3.5.9


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.5.10 Engineering Manual V. 3.1


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
141 Beam Section Properties
85.0 mm
[3.346"]
Y
5 .5
[0. mm
21
7"]

[0.157"]
4.0 mm

71.9 mm
[2.831"]
2.8 mm
[0.110"]

140.9 mm
140.0 mm
[5.513"]

[5.549"]
X C.G. X

5.1 mm
[0.201"]

Y
85.0 mm
[3.346"]
11.6 mm
[0.459"]

Section Properties Imperial Metric


Cross-Section Area A 1.71 in2 1102 mm2
Ixx 8.93 in4 3.715E6 mm4
Moment of Inertia
Iyy 1.12 in4 0.466E6 mm4
3.28 in3 53.7E3 mm3

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


Sxx(max)

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


Section Modulus
0.67 in3
Syy(min) 10.97E3 mm3
rx 2.29 in 58.06 mm

field, and is to be used with other data.


Radius of Gyration
ry 0.81 in 20.58 mm
Weight/ft 2.01 lb/ft 3.00 kg/m
Material Properties AA ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6
Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 38 ksi 260 MPa
Yield Strength Fy 35 ksi 240 MPa
Modulus of Elasticity E 10150 ksi 70000 MPa
Density 0.0975 lb/in3 2700 kg/m3
% Elongation 8%
Note: Bolt slot accepts 1/2 SAE Gr. 5 or ASTM A307 Hex bolts, Aluma bolts or standard square head bolts.

Imperial Metric
Allowable Bending Moment 50.88 kip-in 5.75 kN-m
Allowable Interior Reaction 7.33 kips 32.60 kN
Allowable Shear 6.25 kips 27.80 kN
Allowable End Reaction 3.66 kips 16.30 kN
Safety Factor 2.0:1 (on ultimate)

(Interior reaction based on a minimum effective bearing length of 100mm (4))

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.6.1


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
141 Beam Design Chart

Imperial
Allowable UDL Limit
SPAN
Deflection 1 SPAN 2 SPAN 3 SPAN
(ft)
L/360 (in) (lbs/ft) (lbs/ft) (lbs/ft)
4.00 0.13 2095 D 1466 R 1666 R
4.50 0.15 1471 D 1303 R 1481 R
5.00 0.17 1072 D 1173 R 1333 R
5.50 0.18 806 D 1066 R 1211 R
6.00 0.20 621 D 942 M 1110 R
6.50 0.22 488 D 803 M 921 D
7.00 0.23 391 D 692 M 738 D
7.50 0.25 318 D * 318 603 M 600 D * 600
8.00 0.27 262 D * 245 530 M 494 D * 463
8.50 0.28 218 D * 193 470 M * 464 412 D * 363
9.00 0.30 184 D * 153 419 M * 369 347 D * 289
9.50 0.32 156 D * 123 376 M * 297 295 D * 233
10.00 0.33 134 D * 101 323 D * 242 253 D * 190

Metric
Allowable UDL Limit
SPAN
Deflection 1 SPAN 2 SPAN 3 SPAN
(m)
L/360 (mm) (kN/m) (kN/m) (kN/m)
1.20 3.33 31.94 M 21.73 R 24.70 R
1.35 3.75 22.52 D 19.32 R 21.95 R
1.50 4.17 16.42 D 17.39 R 19.76 R
1.65 4.58 12.33 D 15.81 R 17.96 R
1.80 5.00 9.50 D 14.20 M 16.46 R
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

1.95 5.42 7.47 D 12.10 M 14.10 D


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

2.10 5.83 5.98 D 10.43 M 11.29 D


2.25 6.25 4.86 D * 4.67 9.09 M 9.18 D * 8.81
field, and is to be used with other data.

2.40 6.67 4.01 D * 3.61 7.99 M 7.56 D * 6.81


2.55 7.08 3.34 D * 2.83 7.07 M * 6.82 6.31 D * 5.34
2.70 7.50 2.81 D * 2.25 6.31 M * 5.42 5.31 D * 4.25
2.85 7.92 2.39 D * 1.81 5.66 M * 4.37 4.52 D * 3.42
3.00 8.33 2.05 D * 1.48 4.94 D * 3.56 3.87 D * 2.79

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate).

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.6.2 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
141 Beam Load Chart - Metric
Metric
Beam Allowable Deflection
Case Span Condition Allowable U.D.L.
Length (mm)
No.
(m) (m) 1st Span 2nd Span (kN/m)
1 2.70 1.20 1.50 3.33 4.17 19.18 R
2 3.00 1.20 1.80 3.33 5.00 14.75 D
3 3.30 1.20 2.10 3.33 5.83 9.60 D
4 3.60 1.20 2.40 3.33 6.67 6.62 D * 5.96
5 3.90 1.20 2.70 3.33 7.50 4.77 D * 3.81
6 4.20 1.20 3.00 3.33 8.33 3.55 D * 2.56
7 3.90 1.20 1.50 1.20 3.33 4.17 20.38 R
8 4.20 1.20 1.80 1.20 3.33 5.00 18.31 R
9 4.50 1.20 2.10 1.20 3.33 5.83 14.22 D
10 4.80 1.20 2.40 1.20 3.33 6.67 10.02 D * 9.02
11 5.10 1.20 2.70 1.20 3.33 7.50 7.35 D * 5.88
12 5.40 1.20 3.00 1.20 3.33 8.33 5.57 D * 4.01
13 3.30 1.50 1.80 4.17 5.00 14.05 D
14 3.60 1.50 2.10 4.17 5.83 9.15 D
15 3.90 1.50 2.40 4.17 6.67 6.31 D * 5.68
16 4.20 1.50 2.70 4.17 7.50 4.54 D * 3.64
17 4.50 1.50 3.00 4.17 8.33 3.39 D * 2.44
18 4.20 1.50 1.20 1.50 4.17 3.33 19.52 R
19 4.80 1.50 1.80 1.50 4.17 5.00 16.63 R
20 5.10 1.50 2.10 1.50 4.17 5.83 13.06 D

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


21 5.70 1.50 2.70 1.50 4.17 7.50 6.76 D * 5.41

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


22 6.00 1.50 3.00 1.50 4.17 8.33 5.13 D * 3.69

field, and is to be used with other data.


23 3.90 1.80 2.10 5.00 5.83 8.80 D
24 4.20 1.80 2.40 5.00 6.67 6.06 D * 5.46
25 4.50 1.80 2.70 5.00 7.50 4.37 D * 3.50
26 4.80 1.80 3.00 5.00 8.33 3.26 D * 2.35
27 4.80 1.80 1.20 1.80 5.00 3.33 15.09 D
28 5.10 1.80 1.50 1.80 5.00 4.17 14.42 D
29 5.70 1.80 2.10 1.80 5.00 5.83 12.19 D
Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate)

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.6.3


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
141 Beam Load Chart - Metric
Metric
Beam Allowable Deflection
Case Span Condition Allowable U.D.L.
Length (mm)
No.
(m) (m) 1st Span 2nd Span (kN/m)
30 6.00 1.80 2.40 1.80 5.00 6.67 8.59 D * 7.73
31 6.30 1.80 2.70 1.80 5.00 7.50 6.31 D * 5.05
32 6.60 1.80 3.00 1.80 5.00 8.33 4.79 D * 3.45
33 4.50 2.10 2.40 5.83 6.67 5.87 D * 5.28
34 4.80 2.10 2.70 5.83 7.50 4.23 D * 3.38
35 5.10 2.10 3.00 5.83 8.33 3.15 D * 2.27
36 5.40 2.10 1.20 2.10 5.83 3.33 9.62 D
37 5.70 2.10 1.50 2.10 5.83 4.17 9.37 D
38 6.00 2.10 1.80 2.10 5.83 5.00 9.03 D
39 6.60 2.10 2.40 2.10 5.83 6.67 8.10 D * 7.29
40 6.90 2.10 2.70 2.10 5.83 7.50 5.95 D * 4.76
41 7.20 2.10 3.00 2.10 5.83 8.33 4.51 D * 3.25
42 5.10 2.40 2.70 6.67 7.50 4.11 D * 3.28
43 5.40 2.40 3.00 6.67 8.33 3.06 D * 2.20
44 6.00 2.40 1.20 2.40 6.67 3.33 6.47 D * 5.82
45 6.30 2.40 1.50 2.40 6.67 4.17 6.45 D * 5.80
46 6.60 2.40 1.80 2.40 6.67 5.00 6.21 D * 5.59
47 6.90 2.40 2.10 2.40 6.67 5.83 6.03 D * 5.42
48 5.70 2.70 3.00 7.50 8.33 2.99 D * 2.15
49 6.60 2.70 1.20 2.70 7.50 3.33 4.59 D * 3.67
50 6.90 2.70 1.50 2.70 7.50 4.17 4.53 D * 3.62
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

51 7.20 2.70 1.80 2.70 7.50 5.00 4.47 D * 3.58


52 7.20 3.00 1.20 3.00 8.33 3.33 3.38 D * 2.44
field, and is to be used with other data.

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate).

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.6.4 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
141 Beam Load Chart - Imperial
Imperial
Beam Allowable Deflection Allowable
Case Span Condition
Length (in) U.D.L.
No.
(ft.) (ft.) 1st Span 2nd Span lb/ft
1 9.00 4.00 5.00 0.13 0.17 1290 R
2 10.00 4.00 6.00 0.13 0.20 964 D
3 11.00 4.00 7.00 0.13 0.23 627 D
4 12.00 4.00 8.00 0.13 0.27 432 D * 405
5 13.00 4.00 9.00 0.13 0.30 331 D * 276
6 14.00 4.00 10.00 0.13 0.33 232 D * 174
7 13.00 4.00 5.00 4.00 0.13 0.17 1375 R
8 14.00 4.00 6.00 4.00 0.13 0.20 1236 R
9 15.00 4.00 7.00 4.00 0.13 0.23 929 D
10 16.00 4.00 8.00 4.00 0.13 0.27 655 D * 614
11 17.00 4.00 9.00 4.00 0.13 0.30 480 D * 400
12 18.00 4.00 10.00 4.00 0.13 0.33 409 D * 307
13 11.00 5.00 6.00 0.17 0.20 1059 R
14 12.00 5.00 7.00 0.17 0.23 598 D
15 13.00 5.00 8.00 0.17 0.27 412 D * 386
16 14.00 5.00 9.00 0.17 0.30 297 D * 247
17 15.00 5.00 10.00 0.17 0.33 221 D * 166
18 14.00 5.00 4.00 5.00 0.17 0.13 1316 R
19 16.00 5.00 6.00 5.00 0.17 0.20 1124 R
20 17.00 5.00 7.00 5.00 0.17 0.23 852 D

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
21 19.00 5.00 9.00 5.00 0.17 0.30 442 D * 368
22 20.00 5.00 10.00 5.00 0.17 0.33 335 D * 251

field, and is to be used with other data.


23 13.00 6.00 7.00 0.20 0.23 575 D
24 14.00 6.00 8.00 0.20 0.27 396 D * 371
25 15.00 6.00 9.00 0.20 0.30 285 D * 238
26 16.00 6.00 10.00 0.20 0.33 213 D *160
27 16.00 6.00 4.00 6.00 0.20 0.13 985 D
28 17.00 6.00 5.00 6.00 0.20 0.17 785 D
29 19.00 6.00 7.00 6.00 0.20 0.23 796 D

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate).

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.6.5


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
141 Beam Load Chart - Imperial
Imperial
Beam Allowable Deflection Allowable
Case Span Condition
Length (in.) U.D.L.
No.
(ft.) (ft.) 1st Span 2nd Span lb/ft
30 20.00 6.00 8.00 6.00 0.20 0.27 561 D * 526
31 21.00 6.00 9.00 6.00 0.20 0.30 413 D * 344
32 22.00 6.00 10.00 6.00 0.20 0.33 313 D * 235
33 15.00 7.00 8.00 0.23 0.27 383 D * 359
34 16.00 7.00 9.00 0.23 0.30 276 D * 230
35 17.00 7.00 10.00 0.23 0.33 206 D * 154
36 18.00 7.00 4.00 7.00 0.23 0.13 629 D
37 19.00 7.00 5.00 7.00 0.23 0.17 437 D
38 20.00 7.00 6.00 7.00 0.23 0.20 505 D
39 22.00 7.00 8.00 7.00 0.23 0.27 530 D * 497
40 23.00 7.00 9.00 7.00 0.23 0.30 389 D * 324
41 24.00 7.00 10.00 7.00 0.23 0.33 295 D * 221
42 17.00 8.00 9.00 0.27 0.30 268 D * 224
43 18.00 8.00 10.00 0.27 0.33 200 D * 150
44 20.00 8.00 4.00 8.00 0.27 0.13 423 D * 396
45 21.00 8.00 5.00 8.00 0.27 0.17 263 D
46 22.00 8.00 6.00 8.00 0.27 0.20 305 D
47 23.00 8.00 7.00 8.00 0.27 0.23 344 D
48 19.00 9.00 10.00 0.30 0.33 195 D * 146
49 22.00 9.00 4.00 9.00 0.30 0.13 141 D
50 23.00 9.00 5.00 9.00 0.30 0.17 168 D
51 24.00 9.00 6.00 9.00 0.30 0.20 195 D
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

52 24.00 10.00 4.00 10.00 0.33 0.13 94 D


field, and is to be used with other data.

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate)

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.6.6 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
141 Beam Allowable Load (for Width b)
b

Imperial
L = 6 ft L = 5 ft L = 4 ft
b (in) Total Load UDL Total Load UDL Total Load UDL
(kips) (lbs/ft) (kips) (lbs/ft) (kips) (lbs/ft)
0 2.33 D - 3.35 D - 4.24 M -
12 2.36 D 2.36 3.42 D 3.42 4.85 M 4.85
18 2.40 D 1.60 3.50 D 2.33 5.22 M 3.48
24 2.45 D 1.23 3.61 D 1.81 5.65 M 2.83
30 2.52 D 1.01 3.76 D 1.51 6.17 M 2.47
36 2.61 D 0.87 3.96 D 1.32 6.78 M 2.26
42 2.72 D 0.78 4.20 D 1.20 7.47 D 2.13
48 2.86 D 0.71 4.50 D 1.13 8.38 D 2.09
54 3.02 D 0.67 4.88 D 1.09
60 3.21 D 0.64 5.36 D 1.07
66 3.44 D 0.63
72 3.72 D 0.62

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


Metric

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


L = 1.83 m L = 1.52 m L = 1.22 m
b
(mm) Total Load UDL Total Load UDL Total Load UDL

field, and is to be used with other data.


(kN) (kN/m) (kN) (kN/m) (kN) (kN/m)
0 10.35 D - 14.91 D - 18.87 M -
300 10.49 D 34.95 15.19 D 50.63 21.52 M 71.72
450 10.65 D 23.67 15.54 D 34.52 23.14 M 51.42
600 10.89 D 18.15 16.03 D 26.71 25.03 M 41.71
750 11.20 D 14.93 16.68 D 22.24 27.25 M 36.33
900 11.58 D 12.87 17.51 D 19.46 29.91 M 33.23
1050 12.05 D 11.48 18.55 D 17.67 32.87 D 31.31
1200 12.62 D 10.52 19.85 D 16.54 36.71 D 30.59
1350 13.31 D 9.86 21.47 D 15.90
1500 14.13 D 9.42 23.49 D 15.66
1650 15.11 D 9.16
1829 16.56 D 9.06
Notes:
1. M Bending moment governs.
2. D Deflection governs (L/360).
3. Factor of safety = 2.0:1

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.6.7


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
141 Beam Maximum Allowable U.D.L. (2 Support)

De - Deflection at the free end governs; limited by 2A/360.


Dm - Deflection at midspan governs; limited by B/360.
D* - Deflection at midspan governs; limited by 6 mm ().
V - Shear governs.
R - Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm)
solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for capacities in other support
Note: Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate) conditions.

SPAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE U.D.L. (kN/m2)


L 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900
B 1500 1800 2100
A 450 600 750 900
44.38 De 39.59 R 33.37 Dm 32.39 R 25.29 Dm 18.12 De
610 mm
JOIST SPACING

55.47 De 49.48 R 41.71 Dm 40.49 R 31.62 Dm 22.66 De


488 mm
66.68 De 59.48 R 50.14 Dm 48.66 R 38.00 Dm 27.23 De
406 mm
88.76 De 79.17 R 66.74 Dm 64.78 R 50.58 Dm 36.25 De
305 mm
133.35 De 118.96 R 100.28 Dm 97.33 R 76.00 Dm 54.46 De
203 mm
180.47 De 160.99 R 135.71 Dm 131.72 R 102.85 Dm 73.71 De
150 mm

SPAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE U.D.L. (kN/m2)


L 4200 4500 4800 5100 5400
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

B 2400 2700 3000


A 900 1050 1200
field, and is to be used with other data.

20.22 Dm 9.89 Dm 16.84 Dm 8.16 Dm 13.83 De


610 mm
18.19 D* 7.91 D* 13.47 D* 5.88 D* 10.44 D*
25.27 Dm 12.36 Dm 21.05 Dm 10.21 Dm 17.29 De
JOIST SPACING

488 mm
22.74 D* 9.89 D* 16.84 D* 7.35 D* 13.05 D*
30.37 Dm 14.86 Dm 25.30 Dm 12.27 Dm 20.78 De
406 mm
27.34 D* 11.88 D* 20.24 D* 8.83 D* 15.69 D*
40.43 Dm 19.78 Dm 33.67 Dm 16.33 Dm 27.66 De
305 mm
36.39 D* 15.82 D* 26.94 D* 11.76 D* 20.88 D*
60.75 Dm 29.71 Dm 50.59 Dm 24.53 Dm 41.56 De
203 mm
54.67 D* 23.77 D* 40.47 D* 17.66 D* 31.37 D*
82.21 Dm 40.21 Dm 68.47 Dm 33.20 Dm 56.25 De
150 mm
73.99 D* 32.17 D* 54.77 D* 23.91 D* 42.45 D*

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.6.8 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
141 Beam Maximum Allowable U.D.L. (3 Support)
De - Deflection at the free end governs; limited by 2A/360.
D** - Deflection at the free end governs; limited by 6 mm (").
Dm - Deflection at midspan governs; limited by B/360.
D* - Deflection at midspan governs; limited by 6 mm ().
V - Shear governs.
Note: Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate) R - Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm)
solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for capacities in other
support conditions.

SPAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE U.D.L. (kN/m2)


L 5700 6000 6300 6600 6900 7200
B 2100 2100 2400 2400 2400 2700
A 750 900 750 900 1050 900
610 mm 22.99 M 21.44 De 16.25 M 18.13 M 12.63 De 13.28 M
JOIST SPACING

488 mm 28.74 M 26.80 De 20.32 M 22.66 M 15.79 De 16.60 M

406 mm 34.54 M 32.21 De 24.42 M 27.24 M 18.98 De 19.95 M

305 mm 45.98 M 42.88 De 32.50 M 36.25 M 25.27 De 26.55 M

203 mm 69.09 M 64.43 De 48.84 M 54.47 M 37.96 De 39.89 M

150 mm 93.50 M 87.19 De 66.09 M 73.32 M 51.37 De 53.99 M

SPAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE U.D.L. (kN/m2)

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
L 7500 7800 8100 8400 8700 9000
B 2700 2700 3000 3000 3300 3300

field, and is to be used with other data.


A 1050 1200 1050 1200 1050 1200
14.73 M 8.12 De 11.09 M 12.22 De 8.65 M 9.43 M
610 mm
7.31 D** 9.53 D* 10.99 D** 5.88 D* 6.84 D*
18.41 M 10.15 De 13.86 M 15.27 De 10.81 M 11.78 M
JOIST SPACING

488 mm
9.14 D** 11.91 D* 13.74 D** 7.35 D* 8.54 D*
22.13 M 12.20 De 16.66 M 18.35 De 12.99 M 14.16 M
406 mm
10.98 D** 14.31 D* 16.52 D** 8.83 D* 10.27 D*
29.46 M 16.24 De 22.18 M 24.43 De 17.30 M 18.85 M
305 mm
14.62 D** 19.05 D* 21.99 D** 11.76 D* 13.67 D*
44.26 M 24.40 De 33.32 M 36.71 De 25.99 M 28.33 M
203 mm
21.96 D** 28.62 D* 33.04 D** 17.67 D* 20.54 D*
59.90 M 33.03 De 45.10 M 49.68 De 35.17 M 38.33 M
150 mm
29.72 D** 38.74 D* 44.71 D** 23.91 D* 27.80 D*

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.6.9


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.6.10 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
165 Stringer Section Properties

5.1 mm
[0.201"]

12.7 mm
[0.500"]
86.3 mm
[3.398"]
165.0 mm
166.0 mm

[6.497"]
[6.535"]

X C.G. X

3.5 mm

[0.197"]
[0.138"]

5.0 mm

12.7 mm
[0.499"]
Y 52.9 mm
[2.085"]

120.0 mm
[4.724"]

Section Properties Imperial Metric


Cross-Section Area 3.05 in2 A 1968 mm2
23.31 in4Ixx 9.70E6 mm4
Moment of Inertia
4.47 in4 Iyy 1.86E6 mm4

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
6.80 in3 Sxx(max) 111.3E3 mm3
Section Modulus
1.88 in3 Syy(min) 30.9E3 mm3

field, and is to be used with other data.


2.75 in rx 69.92 mm
Radius of Gyration
1.21 in ry 30.69 mm
Weight/ft 3.56 lb/ft 5.30 kg/m
Material Properties AA ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6
Ultimate Tensile Strength Fu 38 ksi 260 MPa
Yield Strength Fy 35 ksi 240 MPa
Modulus of Elasticity E 10150 ksi 70000 MPa
Density 0.0975 lb/in3 2700 kg/m3
% Elongation 8%
Note: Bolt slot accepts 1/2 SAE Gr. 5 or ASTM A307 Hex bolts, Aluma bolts or standard square head bolts.

Imperial Metric
Allowable Bending Moment 107.96 kip-in 12.20 kN-m
Allowable Interior Reaction 15.06 kips 67.00 kN
Allowable Shear 9.33 kips 41.50 kN
Allowable End Reaction 7.53 kips 33.50 kN
Safety Factor 2.0:1 (on ultimate)
(Interior reaction based on a minimum effective bearing length of 100mm (4))

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.7.1


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
165 Stringer Design Data

Imperial
Allowable UDL Limit
SPAN
Deflection 1 SPAN 2 SPAN 3 SPAN
(ft)
L/360 (in) (lbs/ft) (lbs/ft) (lbs/ft)
4.00 0.13 4499 M 3013 R 3423 R
4.50 0.15 3416 D 2678 R 3043 R
5.00 0.17 2490 D 2410 R 2739 R
5.50 0.18 1871 D 2191 R 2490 R
6.00 0.20 1441 D 1999 M 2282 R
6.50 0.22 1133 D 1704 M 2107 R
7.00 0.23 907 D 1469 M 1712 D
7.50 0.25 738 D * 738 1280 M 1392 D * 1392
8.00 0.27 608 D * 570 1125 M 1147 D * 1076
8.50 0.28 507 D * 447 996 M 956 D * 844
9.00 0.30 427 D * 356 889 M * 857 806 D * 671
9.50 0.32 363 D * 287 798 M * 690 685 D * 541
10.00 0.33 311 D * 233 720 M * 562 587 D * 441

Metric
Allowable UDL Limit
SPAN
Deflection 1 SPAN 2 SPAN 3 SPAN
(m)
L/360 (mm) (kN/m) (kN/m) (kN/m)
1.20 3.33 67.78 M 44.67 R 50.76 R
1.35 3.75 52.28 D 39.70 R 45.12 R
1.50 4.17 38.12 D 35.73 R 40.61 R
1.65 4.58 28.64 D 32.48 R 36.91 R
1.80 5.00 22.06 D 29.78 R 33.84 R
1.95 5.42 17.35 D 25.67 M 31.24 R
2.10 5.83 13.89 D 22.13 M 26.21 D
2.25 6.25 11.29 D * 10.84 19.28 M 21.31 D * 20.46
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

2.40 6.67 9.31 D * 8.38 16.94 M 17.56 D * 15.80


2.55 7.08 7.76 D * 6.57 15.01 M 14.64 D * 12.40
2.70 7.50 6.54 D * 5.23 13.39 M * 12.59 12.33 D * 9.87
field, and is to be used with other data.

2.85 7.92 5.56 D * 4.21 12.02 M * 10.15 10.49 D * 7.95


3.00 8.33 4.76 D * 3.43 10.84 M * 8.26 8.99 D * 6.47

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to (6mm).
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate)

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.7.2 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
165 Stringer Load Chart - Metric
Metric
Beam Allowable Deflection
Case Span Condition Allowable U.D.L.
Length (mm)
No.
(m) (m) 1st Span 2nd Span (kN/m)
1 2.70 1.20 1.50 3.33 4.17 39.41 R
2 3.00 1.20 1.80 3.33 5.00 34.25 D
3 3.30 1.20 2.10 3.33 5.83 22.29 D
4 3.60 1.20 2.40 3.33 6.67 15.37 D * 13.83
5 3.90 1.20 2.70 3.33 7.50 11.07 D * 8.85
6 4.20 1.20 3.00 3.33 8.33 8.24 D * 5.94
7 3.90 1.20 1.50 1.20 3.33 4.17 41.88 R
8 4.20 1.20 1.80 1.20 3.33 5.00 37.64 R
9 4.50 1.20 2.10 1.20 3.33 5.83 33.02 D
10 4.80 1.20 2.40 1.20 3.33 6.67 23.26 D * 20.94
11 5.10 1.20 2.70 1.20 3.33 7.50 17.07 D * 13.66
12 5.40 1.20 3.00 1.20 3.33 8.33 12.93 D * 9.31
13 3.30 1.50 1.80 4.17 5.00 32.21 R
14 3.60 1.50 2.10 4.17 5.83 21.24 D
15 3.90 1.50 2.40 4.17 6.67 14.65 D * 13.18
16 4.20 1.50 2.70 4.17 7.50 10.55 D * 8.44
17 4.50 1.50 3.00 4.17 8.33 7.87 D * 5.67
18 4.20 1.50 1.20 1.50 4.17 3.33 40.12 R
19 4.80 1.50 1.80 1.50 4.17 5.00 34.18 R
20 5.10 1.50 2.10 1.50 4.17 5.83 30.33 D

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


15.70 D * 12.56

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


21 5.70 1.50 2.70 1.50 4.17 7.50
22 6.00 1.50 3.00 1.50 4.17 8.33 11.91 D * 8.57

field, and is to be used with other data.


23 3.90 1.80 2.10 5.00 5.83 20.43 D
24 4.20 1.80 2.40 5.00 6.67 14.08 D * 12.67
25 4.50 1.80 2.70 5.00 7.50 10.14 D * 8.12
26 4.80 1.80 3.00 5.00 8.33 7.57 D * 5.45
27 4.80 1.80 1.20 1.80 5.00 3.33 34.72 R
28 5.10 1.80 1.50 1.80 5.00 4.17 33.00 R
29 5.70 1.80 2.10 1.80 5.00 5.83 27.73 M

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to 6mm ().
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate)

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.7.3


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
165 Stringer Load Chart - Metric
Metric
Beam Allowable Deflection
Case Span Condition Allowable U.D.L.
Length (mm)
No.
(m) (m) 1st Span 2nd Span (kN/m)
30 6.00 1.80 2.40 1.80 5.00 6.67 19.94 D * 17.95
31 6.30 1.80 2.70 1.80 5.00 7.50 14.65 D * 11.72
32 6.60 1.80 3.00 1.80 5.00 8.33 11.12 D * 8.00
33 4.50 2.10 2.40 5.83 6.67 13.62 D * 12.26
34 4.80 2.10 2.70 5.83 7.50 9.81 D * 7.85
35 5.10 2.10 3.00 5.83 8.33 7.32 D * 5.27
36 5.40 2.10 1.20 2.10 5.83 3.33 22.35 D
37 5.70 2.10 1.50 2.10 5.83 4.17 21.75 D
38 6.00 2.10 1.80 2.10 5.83 5.00 20.97 D
39 6.60 2.10 2.40 2.10 5.83 6.67 18.80 D * 16.92
40 6.90 2.10 2.70 2.10 5.83 7.50 13.81 D * 11.05
41 7.20 2.10 3.00 2.10 5.83 8.33 10.48 D * 7.55
42 5.10 2.40 2.70 6.67 7.50 9.53 D * 7.63
43 5.40 2.40 3.00 6.67 8.33 7.11 D * 5.12
44 6.00 2.40 1.20 2.40 6.67 3.33 15.03 D * 13.52
45 6.30 2.40 1.50 2.40 6.67 4.17 14.97 D * 13.47
46 6.60 2.40 1.80 2.40 6.67 5.00 14.43 D * 12.99
47 6.90 2.40 2.10 2.40 6.67 5.83 13.99 D * 12.59
48 5.70 2.70 3.00 7.50 8.33 6.93 D * 4.99
49 6.60 2.70 1.20 2.70 7.50 3.33 10.65 D * 8.52
50 6.90 2.70 1.50 2.70 7.50 4.17 10.52 D * 8.41
51 7.20 2.70 1.80 2.70 7.50 5.00 10.38 D * 8.31
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

52 7.20 3.00 1.20 3.00 8.33 3.33 7.86 D * 5.66


field, and is to be used with other data.

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to 6 mm ().
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate)

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.7.4 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
165 Stringer Load Chart - Imperial
Imperial
Beam Allowable Deflection
Case Span Condition Allowable U.D.L.
Length (in.)
No.
(ft.) (ft.) 1st Span 2nd Span lb/ft
1 9.00 4.00 5.00 0.13 0.17 2652 R
2 10.00 4.00 6.00 0.13 0.20 2237 D
3 11.00 4.00 7.00 0.13 0.23 1456 D
4 12.00 4.00 8.00 0.13 0.27 1004 D * 941
5 13.00 4.00 9.00 0.13 0.30 769 D * 641
6 14.00 4.00 10.00 0.13 0.33 539 D * 404
7 13.00 4.00 5.00 4.00 0.13 0.17 2826 R
8 14.00 4.00 6.00 4.00 0.13 0.20 2540 R
9 15.00 4.00 7.00 4.00 0.13 0.23 2157 D
10 16.00 4.00 8.00 4.00 0.13 0.27 1520 D * 1425
11 17.00 4.00 9.00 4.00 0.13 0.30 1114 D * 929
12 18.00 4.00 10.00 4.00 0.13 0.33 950 D * 712
13 11.00 5.00 6.00 0.17 0.20 2177 R
14 12.00 5.00 7.00 0.17 0.23 1388 D
15 13.00 5.00 8.00 0.17 0.27 957 D * 897
16 14.00 5.00 9.00 0.17 0.30 689 D * 575
17 15.00 5.00 10.00 0.17 0.33 514 D * 386
18 14.00 5.00 4.00 5.00 0.17 0.13 2704 R
19 16.00 5.00 6.00 5.00 0.17 0.20 2310 R
20 17.00 5.00 7.00 5.00 0.17 0.23 1978 D

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


21 19.00 5.00 9.00 5.00 0.17 0.30 1026 D * 855

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


22 20.00 5.00 10.00 5.00 0.17 0.33 778 D * 584

field, and is to be used with other data.


23 13.00 6.00 7.00 0.20 0.23 1334 D
24 14.00 6.00 8.00 0.20 0.27 919 D * 862
25 15.00 6.00 9.00 0.20 0.30 663 D * 552
26 16.00 6.00 10.00 0.20 0.33 494 D * 371
27 16.00 6.00 4.00 6.00 0.20 0.13 2286 D
28 17.00 6.00 5.00 6.00 0.20 0.17 1823 D
29 19.00 6.00 7.00 6.00 0.20 0.23 1849 D

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to 6 mm ().
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate)

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.7.5


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
165 Stringer Load Chart - Imperial
Imperial
Beam Allowable Deflection
Case Span Condition Allowable U.D.L.
Length (in.)
No.
(ft.) (ft.) 1st Span 2nd Span lb/ft
30 20.00 6.00 8.00 6.00 0.20 0.27 1302 D * 1220
31 21.00 6.00 9.00 6.00 0.20 0.30 958 D * 798
32 22.00 6.00 10.00 6.00 0.20 0.33 727 D * 545
33 15.00 7.00 8.00 0.23 0.27 890 D * 834
34 16.00 7.00 9.00 0.23 0.30 641 D * 534
35 17.00 7.00 10.00 0.23 0.33 478 D * 359
36 18.00 7.00 4.00 7.00 0.23 0.13 1460 D
37 19.00 7.00 5.00 7.00 0.23 0.17 1015 D
38 20.00 7.00 6.00 7.00 0.23 0.20 1173 D
39 22.00 7.00 8.00 7.00 0.23 0.27 1231 D * 1154
40 23.00 7.00 9.00 7.00 0.23 0.30 903 D * 752
41 24.00 7.00 10.00 7.00 0.23 0.33 685 D * 514
42 17.00 8.00 9.00 0.27 0.30 623 D * 519
43 18.00 8.00 10.00 0.27 0.33 464 D * 348
44 20.00 8.00 4.00 8.00 0.27 0.13 982 D * 920
45 21.00 8.00 5.00 8.00 0.27 0.17 611 D
46 22.00 8.00 6.00 8.00 0.27 0.20 707 D
47 23.00 8.00 7.00 8.00 0.27 0.23 800 D
48 19.00 9.00 10.00 0.30 0.33 453 D * 340
49 22.00 9.00 4.00 9.00 0.30 0.13 327 D
50 23.00 9.00 5.00 9.00 0.30 0.17 391 D
51 24.00 9.00 6.00 9.00 0.30 0.20 452 D
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

52 24.00 10.00 4.00 10.00 0.33 0.13 219 D


field, and is to be used with other data.

Notes:
1. R Reaction governs. Data is for beam fully supported on 4 (100 mm) solid support. Consult Aluma Engineering for
capacities in other support conditions.
2. V Shear governs.
3. M Moment governs.
4. D Deflection governs (deflection L/360).
5. Values with * Deflection governs with deflection limited to 6 mm ().
6. Factor of Safety = 2.0:1 (on ultimate)

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.7.6 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
165 Stringer Allowable Loads (for width b)
b

L
Imperial
L = 6 ft L = 5 ft L = 4 ft
b (in) Total Load UDL Total Load UDL Total Load UDL
(kips) (lbs/ft) (kips) (lbs/ft) (kips) (lbs/ft)
0 5.40 D - 7.20 M - 9.00 M -
12 5.48 D 5.48 7.93 D 7.93 10.28 M 10.28
18 5.57 D 3.71 8.12 D 5.41 11.07 M 7.38
24 5.69 D 2.85 8.39 D 4.19 12.00 M 6.00
30 5.86 D 2.34 8.74 D 3.49 13.09 M 5.23
36 6.07 D 2.02 9.19 D 3.06 14.40 M 4.80
42 6.32 D 1.81 9.75 D 2.79 15.99 M 4.57
48 6.63 D 1.66 10.46 D 2.61 17.99 M 4.50
54 7.00 D 1.56 11.34 D 2.52
60 7.45 D 1.49 12.45 D 2.49
66 7.99 D 1.45
72 8.65 D 1.44

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


Metric

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


L = 1.83 m L = 1.52 m L = 1.22 m
b
(mm) Total Load UDL Total Load UDL Total Load UDL

field, and is to be used with other data.


(kN) (kN/m) (kN) (kN/m) (kN) (kN/m)
0 24.03 D - 32.02 M - 40.03 M -
300 24.35 D 81.16 35.27 D 117.55 45.65 M 152.17
450 24.74 D 54.97 36.07 D 80.16 49.09 M 109.10
600 25.28 D 42.14 37.22 D 62.03 53.10 M 88.50
750 26.00 D 34.66 38.73 D 51.64 57.82 M 77.09
900 26.89 D 29.88 40.66 D 45.18 63.46 M 70.51
1050 27.98 D 26.65 43.08 D 41.03 70.32 M 66.97
1200 29.31 D 24.42 46.09 D 38.41 78.84 M 65.70
1350 30.90 D 22.89 49.84 D 36.92
1500 32.80 D 21.87 54.53 D 36.35
1650 35.09 D 21.27
1829 38.45 D 21.02
Notes:
1. M Bending moment governs.
2. D Deflection governs (L/360).
3. Factor of safety = 2.0

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0 Engineering Manual 3.7.7


Aluma Beam Design Manual - International
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

3.7.8 Engineering Manual V. 3.0


Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline

Design Procedure

1. Check maximum & minimum shoring height to determine the suitability of the truss depth & extension
staffs.
2. Check minimum height of structural opening and compare it with the minimum depth of the collapsed table
to see whether the table can pass through. Determine and check whether the table can be flown with
glides or rollers and add at least 50 mm working tolerance.
3. Check that all tables can be safely flown out of the building.
4. Calculate the expected uniformly distributed load (U.D.L.) on the table.
5. Assume the thickness of plywood to be no less than 17mm and no further information about the plywood,
use joist spacing as listed below:
< 250mm thick slab 610mm c/c maximum
250 - < 300mm thick slab 488mm c/c maximum
300 - < 450mm thick slab 406mm c/c maximum
450 - < 1200mm thick slab 305mm c/c maximum
6. Capacity of Joists needs to be checked according to their applied load and span.
7. Consider a two-truss table with supports at 2.44 m c/c. Calculate the expected maximum leg load in the
table with maximum width. Compare this value with the allowable load at maximum top and bottom
extensions as listed in Section 3: Design Data of the Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual.
8. If the expected load is greater than the allowable, adjust the spacing of support. The support spacing can
be at 1.83 m c/c or 1.22 m c/c. (Note: If the supports have to be at 1.22 m c/c, Square Ends are required at
the ends of the truss.)
9. If the expected leg load is still higher than allowable, split the Table into two or use three trusses per table.
10. Once the table width and the number of trusses per table have been determined, use the data from the
Aluma Beam Design Manual - International to determine the crossbrace size and joist spacing. (In order to
minimize beam lengths, standard length beams can be staggered to obtain the required dimensions.)
11. Check size of sub-ledger, if used, and spacing of the steel packer for the sub-ledger.
12. Check top chord capacity and deflection for any concentrated load.
13. Check maximum expected leg load under concentrated load. Make sure that they are within the allowable
as listed in Section 3: Design Data of the Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
14. Whenever a 3.66m & 4.88m tables are used, tie down is required.
15. Always use 3.66m table with square end at the end.

field, and is to be used with other data.


Design Tips

1. The maximum recommended width of a two-truss table is 5.40 m (when using 122 or 140 Beam as joist).
Three-truss tables should be used for wider tables up to a maximum width of 10.2 m. For dimensions
greater than 10.2 m, two tables should be considered.
2. In three-truss tables, if the joist is not a continuous piece a stiffening joist long enough to cover all three
trusses must be added at every truss jack location.
3. Have the joists sit directly on the top chord whenever possible.
4. Make sure that the table can pass under the deepest beam with sufficient handling tolerance when it is in
flying position. Check the depth of glides or swivel rollers used and allow at least another 50 mm for
handling.
5. The distance from the top of the previous slab to the bottom of the bottom chord must be at least 830 mm
so that the screwjack can be removed from the truss during flying. If the distance is less than 800 mm,
swivel rollers with jack retainers should be used during flying.
6. Modified Trusses should always use swivel rollers, drop centre dollies, or landing dollies in flying. Never
use low glides to fly a Modified Truss Table.
7. When using the truss jack in a three-truss table, the crossbrace brackets must be offset by 220 mm to allow
room for the truss jacks to fold up.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.1.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Design Tips continued...
8. The chord splice plate is shorter than the truss jack hinge, so the truss jack hinge will not be in continuous
contact with the splice plate when they are used in the same location. In this case, additional washers
should be used to fill the gap between the bottom chord and truss jack hinge.
9. When using the 1.8 m Deep Truss with Extension Staff, the maximum free length between the bottom
chord and the slab on which the jacks sit should be limited to 1.50 m (300 mm jack extension plus 1.20 m
staff extension).
10. Always provide horizontal braces between the bottom chords of the 1.8 m deep truss when extension staffs
are used.
11. The hole patterns in the top and bottom chords are the same, thus they can be used in any combination to
form a special truss as required.
12. A number of diagrams are provided below to assist in the design process:

Figure A.1 General Drafting Symbols 4.1.3


Figure A.2 Maximum Table Depth 4.1.4
Figure A.3 Minimum Table Clearance 4.1.6
Figure A.4 Moving Details Max. Moving Height 4.1.7
Figure A.5 Table Lifting Position 4.1.8
Figure A.6 Lowering Device Position 4.1.9
Figure A.7 Table Stability Check on Tie Down Detail on Typical Table 4.1.10
Figure A.8 Flat Slab with 1.2 m Deep Truss 4.1.12
Figure A.9 Flat Slab with 1.8 m Deep Truss 4.1.13
Figure A.10 Slab with Beam Perpendicular to Truss (1.2 m / 1.8 m Truss) 4.1.14
Figure A.11 Slab with Beams in Two Directions (for 1.2 m Truss) 4.1.15
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

Figure A.12
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Slab with Beams in Two Directions (for 1.8 m Truss) 4.1.16


Figure A.13 Panel Cover Column Strip - Method A 4.1.17
field, and is to be used with other data.

Figure A.14 Panel Cover Column Strip - Method B 4.1.18


Figure A.15 Column Strip Covered with Hinge Panel 4.1.19
Figure A.16 Column Strip Covered with Infill Filler Panel < 300 mm & < 450 mm 4.1.20
Figure A.17 Column Strip Covered with Infill Filler Panel < 600 mm 4.1.21
Figure A.18 Column Strip Covered with Infill Filler Panel > 600 mm 4.1.22
Figure A.19 Staggering Joist Detail 4.1.23

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.1.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.1: General Drafting Symbols

DENOTES POST SHORE ON PLAN

(LENGTH VARIES)
DENOTES JOIST ON PLAN DENOTES BOTTOM STAFF
& SCREWJACK ON PLAN

(LENGTH VARIES)
DENOTES STRINGER ON PLAN

(LENGTH VARIES)
DENOTES STRONGBACK ON PLAN

A DENOTES TABLE FORM DESIGNATION

DENOTES SIZE &


LOCATION OF
125 CROSSBRACE ON
PLAN
50 41 50 95
120
250

190
190

165

DENOTES
LENGTH OF
125 45 41 45 95 120 TRUSS ON PLAN

250 STRINGER 35K S/B 190 STRINGER 165 STRINGER DENOTES STEEL
PACKER ON PLAN

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
ALUMA LEDGERS

field, and is to be used with other data.


63 85 85
140
140

122

85 85 85

122 BEAM DENOTES SQUARE


140 BEAM 141 BEAM
END ON PLAN

ALUMA JOISTS

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.1.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.2: Maximum Table Depth

50 MIN
STRUCTURAL
OPENING

MAX. TRUSS
DEPTH
70
(A) TABLE FLY WITH SINGLE LOW GLIDES
(LOW GLIDES CANNOT BE USED WITH MODIFIED TRUSS)
50 MIN
STRUCTURAL

MAX. TRUSS
OPENING

DEPTH
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

270

(B) TABLE FLY WITH SWIVEL ROLLERS


field, and is to be used with other data.

50 MIN
STRUCTURAL

MAX. TRUSS
OPENING

DEPTH
220

(C) TABLE FLY WITH STANDARD GLIDES


(LOW GLIDES CANNOT BE USED WITH MODIFIED TRUSS)

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.1.4 Engineering Manual
V. 3.0
Product ID

STRUCTURAL STRUCTURAL
OPENING OPENING
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.2: Maximum Table Depth

50.0 mm 50.0 mm
[2.0"] MIN [2.0"] MIN
Product Detail
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Design Data

Engineering Manual
(E) TABLE FLY WITH LANDING DOLLY
(D) TABLE FLY WITH DROP CENTRE DOLLY

1283.0 mm 76.0 mm
[50.5"] MIN [3.0"] MIN
Application

MAX. TRUSS MAX. TRUSS


DEPTH DEPTH
Appendix

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

4.1.5
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
field, and is to be used with other data.
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.3: Minimum Table Clearance
830 MIN

830 MIN
WHEN FLYING WITH GLIDES, OR DROP
CENTRE DOLLY 830 mm MIN. IS NEEDED
TO REMOVE SCREWJACK UNDER TRUSS

(A) TABLE FLY WITH STANDARD OR SINGLE LOW GLIDES OR DROP CENTRE DOLLY

WHEN FLYING WITH SWIVEL ROLLERS


300 MIN

BASE JACK CAN BE KEPT


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

IN POSITION WITH JACK RETAINER


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

TO REDUCE MIN, CLEARANCE REQUIREMENT

(B) TABLE FLY WITH SWIVEL ROLLERS


field, and is to be used with other data.

1283 MIN

TO AVOID USING UP VALUABLE CRANE TIME,


LOWER TRUSS ONTO FOUR LANDING DOLLIES
AND RELEASE THE CRANE.

(C) TABLE FLY WITH LANDING DOLLY

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.1.6 Engineering Manual
V. 3.0
Product ID

WIDTH

WIDTH

LOW GLIDES
Table Design Guideline

CENTRE DOLLIES
TABLES WITH DROP

TABLES WITH SINGLE


Product Detail

WHEN TRUSS IS BEING MOVED THE


WHEN TRUSS IS BEING MOVED THE
Figure A.4: Moving Details Max. Moving Height

MAX HEIGHT = 3 X WIDTH


MAX HEIGHT = 3 X WIDTH
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Design Data

Engineering Manual
WIDTH
WIDTH

TABLES WITH
TABLES WITH

SWIVEL ROLLERS
LANDING DOLLIES
Application

WHEN TRUSS IS BEING MOVED THE WHEN TRUSS IS BEING MOVED THE
MAX HEIGHT = 3 X WIDTH MAX HEIGHT = 3 X WIDTH
Appendix

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

4.1.7
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
field, and is to be used with other data.
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.5: Table Lifting Position

CRANE CABLE

60
M
NYLON

IN
SLING

LOW GLIDES (SHOWN) OR


SWIVEL ROLLER OR
LANDING DOLLY

SECTION A-A
CHAIN BLOCK OR
ELECTRIC WINCH
TO LEVEL TABLE
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

SCREWJACK TO BE HUNG
field, and is to be used with other data.

ON BASE PLATE HOOK (SHOWN)


60 N
MI

FLYING OR WIRE SCREWJACK RETAINER


A
DIRECTION

GUIDE ROPE

A
APPROX. 33%
OF LENGTH
LOW GLIDES (SHOWN) OR
SWIVEL ROLLER OR
APPROX. 55% OF LENGTH
LANDING DOLLY

* Exact lifting position to be determined on site to ensure table is leveled at all times during flying process.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.1.8 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.6: Lowering Device Position

LOWERING DEVICE

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
35% OF LENGTH FROM

field, and is to be used with other data.


END OF TRUSS

65% OF LENGTH FROM END OF TRUSS

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.1.9
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.7: Table Stability Check and Tie Down Detail on Typical Truss

All tables must have an overturning factor of safety of 2.0 or greater with 1.5 kN/m2 of live load placed in the worst
possible condition.

In the stability check, 0.40 kN/m2 can be used as the self weight of the table. Under normal working conditions, a
factor of safety 2:1 should be used for all table forms to prevent overturning.
2
Live Load = 1.5 kN/m2
Formwork Load = 0.4 kN/m

Overturning Moment = Mo
Resisting Moment = Mr
Factor of Safety Against Overturning = Mr / Mo 2.0

Table should be tied down before working on top if


Factor of Safety is less than 2.0.
Resisting Overturning
Moment Moment

Pivot Point

For Rectangular Table, Follow Rough Check Shown Below

3699 1173 2561 1173

Live Load =
Formwork Load = Live Load = Formwork Load = 1.5 kN/m2
0.4 kN/m2 1.5 kN/m2 0.4 kN/m2
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

4.88 TR SE 3.66 TR

Tie Down
(See Details)

Pivot Point Pivot Point


Overturning Moment Overturning Moment
= (1.5 + 0.4) x 1.173 x 0.587 = (1.5 + 0.4) x 1.173 x 0.587
= 1.31 kN-m = 1.31 kNm

Restoring Moment Restoring Moment


= 0.4 x 3.699 x 1.85 = 0.4 x 2.561 x 1.281
= 2.74 kNm = 1.31 kNm

Factor of Safety Against Overturning Factor of Safety Against Overturning


= 2.73 / 1.31 = 1.31 / 1.31
= 2.08 > 2.0 = 1.0 < 2.0

NO TIE DOWN REQUIRED TIE DOWN REQUIRED

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.1.10 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.7: Table Stability Check and Tie Down Detail on Typical Truss

Typical Tie Down Detail

3.66 TR

Tie Down Cable

Cast-in Anchor

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


4.88 TR

Tie Down
Cable

Cast-in Anchor
For Non- Rectangular Tables

More detailed calculations should be carried out using the actual weights and location of equipment with the same
concept as shown above.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.1.11
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.8: Flat Slab with 1.2 m Deep Truss

FLYING WITH ROLLERS


FLYING WITH GLIDES
1500 MIN WHEN
2030 MIN WHEN
JOISTS

1250 MAX
2450
5400 MAX MAX
= CROSSBRACE =

(A) WORKING RANGE WITH 1.2 m TRUSS + BOTTOM EXTENSION


SECTION 'A'

JOISTS
1250

A
MAX

BRACING MAY BE
REQUIRED
3700

1250
MAX
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

(B) WORKING RANGE WITH 1.2 m TRUSS + TOP & BOTTOM EXTENSION
field, and is to be used with other data.

SECTION 'A'

2100 MAX., 2000 MIN. WITH 750-900 JACK


1950 MAX., 1850 MIN. WITH 600-750 JACK
1800 MAX., 1700 MIN. WITH 450-600 JACK
1650 MAX., 1550 MIN. WITH 300-450 JACK

(C) WORKING RANGE WITH 1.2 m TRUSS + TRUSS JACK


SECTION 'A'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.1.12 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.9: Flat Slab with 1.8 m Deep Truss

FLYING WITH ROLLERS


FLYING WITH GLIDES
2100 MIN WHEN
2630 MIN WHEN
JOISTS

1500 MAX
5400 MAX 3300
MAX
= CROSSBRACE =

(A) WORKING RANGE WITH 1.8 m TRUSS + BOTTOM EXTENSION


SECTION 'A'

JOISTS
1250
MAX

BRACING MAY BE
REQUIRED IN BOTH
DIRECTIONS IF
MORE 600mm
4277

1500
MAX

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


(B) WORKING RANGE WITH 1.8 m TRUSS + TOP & BOTTOM EXTENSION
SECTION 'A'

2700 MAX., 2600 MIN. WITH 750-900 JACK


2550 MAX., 2450 MIN. WITH 600-750 JACK
2400 MAX., 2300 MIN. WITH 450-600 JACK
2250 MAX., 2150 MIN. WITH 300-450 JACK

(C) WORKING RANGE WITH 1.8 m TRUSS + TRUSS JACK


SECTION 'A'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.1.13
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.10: Slab with Beam Perpendicular to Truss (for 1.2m / 1.8m Truss)

A
1200
2450 MAX.

1250

(A) WORKING RANGE WITH 1.2 m


TRUSS AND BOTTOM EXTENSION
SECTION 'A'
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

1800
3300

1500

(B) WORKING RANGE WITH 1.8 m


TRUSS AND BOTTOM EXTENSION
SECTION 'A'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.1.14 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.11: Slab with Beams in Two Directions (for 1.2m Truss)

BEAM/JOIST
BEAM/JOIST
BRACE MAY BE
REQUIRED
(DEPENDING ON HEIGHT
2450

& LOADING)

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
SECTION 'A'

field, and is to be used with other data.


BEAM/JOIST BRACE MAY BE
REQUIRED
1200
2450 MAX.

(DEPENDING ON HEIGHT
2400
& LOADING)
BRACE

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.1.15
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.12: Slab with Beams in Two Directions (for 1.8 m Truss)

BEAM/JOIST
BEAM/JOIST

BRACE MAY BE
3300 MAX.

REQUIRED
(DEPENDING ON HEIGHT
& LOADING)
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

SECTION 'A'

BEAM/JOIST BRACE MAY BE


REQUIRED
1800

(DEPENDING ON HEIGHT
3300 MAX.

& LOADING)
2400
BRACE

SECTION 'B'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.1.16 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.13: Panel Cover Column Strip Method A

A B

POURING POSITION

COLUMN

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
A

field, and is to be used with other data.


B STRIPPING POSITION

1. FLY TABLE B STRAIGHT OUT


2. MOVE TABLE A SIDEWAYS
3. FLY TABLE A STRAIGHT OUT

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.1.17
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.14: Panel Cover Column Strip Method B

A B A

POURING POSITION

COLUMN

STRIPPING POSITION
B
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

1. LOWER TABLE B
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

2. MOVE TABLE B SIDEWAYS


3. FLY TABLE B STRAIGHT OUT
field, and is to be used with other data.

4. MOVE TABLE A SIDEWAYS


5. FLY TABLE A STRAIGHT OUT

SECTION 'A' LANDING DOLLY

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.1.18 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.15: Column Strip Covered with Hinge Panel

A B
A

POURING POSITION

COLUMN

HINGE PANEL

POST SHORE

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
STRIPPING POSITION

field, and is to be used with other data.


A B 1. REMOVE POST SHORE
2. LOWER HINGE PANEL
3. LOWER TABLE B
COLOUM
4. FLY TABLE B STRAIGHT OUT
5. MOVE TABLE A SIDEWAYS
6. FLY TABLE A STRAIGHT OUT

B
A

SECTION 'A'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.1.19
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.16: Column Strip Covered with Infill Filler Panel < 300 mm & < 450 mm

PANEL C - LOOSE

A C B

SEE FILLER PANEL DETAIL

COLUMN
A B

SECTION 'A'
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

50 L<300 50
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

PLYWOOD
field, and is to be used with other data.

ALUMA JOIST

INFILL PANEL

PLYWOOD 100 L<450 100

ALUMA JOIST

INFILL PANEL

FILLER PANEL DETAIL

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.1.20 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.17: Column Strip Covered with Infill Filler Panel < 600 mm

A B
A

SEE FILLER PANEL DETAIL

A B COLUMN

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
SECTION 'A'

field, and is to be used with other data.


50 L<600 50

JOIST JOIST

PLYWOOD FILLER PANEL


SUPPORT BEAM
POST SHORE

FILLER PANEL DETAIL

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.1.21
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.18: Column Strip Covered with Infill Filler Panel > 600 mm

A B

A B
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

SECTION 'A'
field, and is to be used with other data.

50 L>600 50

PLYWOOD

JOIST JOIST

FILLER PANEL
SUPPORT BEAM

POST SHORE
FILLER PANEL DETAIL

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.1.22 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Table Design Guideline
Figure A.19: Staggering Joist Details

PLYWOOD

ALUMA JOISTS

100.0 mm
[3.935"]
ALUMA JOIST WOOD RUNNER FIXED TO DECK OR PLYWOOD

TABLE WIDTH
300.0 mm
[11.811"]
MAX.

JOISTS CAN BE
STAGGERED UP TO
A MAX LENGTH OF
300 mm [11.811"]
TO OBTAIN DIFFERENT
WIDTH TABLE

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

ALUMA JOISTS

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.1.23
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.1.24 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard Alumalite Truss II Assembly

CROSSBRACE BRACKET
(4571)

TOP CHORD

OUTER LEG

DIAGONAL
5/8" X 4.5" BOLT

BOTTOM BOTTOM CHORD


CHORD
SPACER WIRE SCREWJACK
(4554) RETAINER

U-PIN
(238)

HITCH PIN EXTENSION STAFF


(4045)

SCREWJACK
HANDLE
(515)

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
UNIVERSAL
SCREWJACK
(514)
5/8" X 3"

field, and is to be used with other data.


RIVET
(3991) SCREWJACK
BASE PLATE
(474)

OUTER LEG CHORD


5 5 SECTION SECTION
8"
LOCK 8" NUT
5
8" X 412" HEX WASHER
BOLT
DIAGONAL EXTENSION
SECTION STAFF SECTION

5 CHORD SPLICE
8" X 3" RIVET HITCHED PIN
PLATE

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.2.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard Alumalite Truss II Combinations

3.6 m TRUSS II TRUSS II SQUARE END

ALUMALITE TRUSS II TRUSS II SQUARE END

ALUMALITE TRUSS II 1.2 m TRUSS II

ALUMALITE TRUSS II TRUSS CONNECTOR 2.4 m TRUSS II


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

ALUMALITE TRUSS II TRUSS CONNECTOR ALUMALITE TRUSS II

Quantity Used by Standard Alumalite Truss


Length of
Truss 8.53* 7.32 6.10* 4.88 3.66* 2.44 1.22 S.E. T.C.
1.22 m - - - - - - 1 - -
2.44 m - - - - - 1 - - -
3.66 m - - - - 1 - - 1 -
4.88 m - - - 1 - - - - -
6.10 m - - 1 - - - - - -
7.32 m - 1 - - - - - - -
8.53 m 1 - - - - - - - -
9.75 m - - - 2 - - - - 1
10.97 m - - - 2 - - 1 - 1
12.19 m - 1 - 1 - - - - 1
13.41 m - 1 - 1 1 - 1
14.63 m - 2 - - - - - - 1
Note: * denotes non standard truss length and is available on sale basis only, subject to availability on rental projects. The same length of truss
can be achieved through different truss combinations for both standard and non standard lengths subject to availability.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.2.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Modified Alumalite Truss II Combinations

3.6 m TRUSS II

MOD. ALUMALITE TRUSS II TRUSS II SQUARE END

MOD. ALUMALITE TRUSS II 1.2 m TRUSS II

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
MOD. ALUMALITE TRUSS II TRUSS CONNECTOR MOD. ALUMALITE TRUSS II

field, and is to be used with other data.


Quantity Used by
Modified Alumalite Truss

Length of Truss 7.32 4.88 3.66 1.22 S.E. T.C.


3.66 m - - 1 - - -
4.88 m - 1 - - - -
6.10 m - 1 - 1 -
7.32 m 1 - - - - -
8.53 m 1 - - 1 - -
9.75 m - 2 - - - 1
10.97 m - 2 - 1 - 1
12.19 m 1 1 - - - 1

Note: Same length can be achieve by different truss combination depending on availability

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.2.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard Alumalite Truss II Truss Assembly Details

TOP CHORD C A B 5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

OUTER LEG
DIAGONAL
BRACE

BOTTOM CHORD
BOTTOM CHORD
SPACER
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y CROSSBRACE


TRUSS TOP CHORD
field, and is to be used with other data.

DIAGONAL
OUTER LEG
CROSSBRACE BRACKET
SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B' SECTION - 'C'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.2.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard Alumalite Truss II 1.22m Truss Assembly Details

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y (4X)


FOR CONNECTING
ALUMALITE TRUSS CHORDS
5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y (14X)
USED WITH SPLICE PLATES
CHORD SPLICE PLATE (4X)

1.215 m TOP CHORD (2X)

OUTER LEG DIAGONAL BRACE

1057 mm
BOTTOM CHORD B A [41.6 "]
SPACER

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
1.21m BOTTOM CHORD

field, and is to be used with other data.


BOTTOM CHORD SPACER

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

CHORD SPLICE PLATE

TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD

SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.2.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard Alumalite Truss II Square End Assembly Details

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y (9X)


CHORD SPLICE PLATE (4X) REQUIRED FOR SQUARE END

OUTER LEG

BOTTOM CHORD B A 1.209 m BOTTOM CHORD


SPACER
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

BOTTOM CHORD SPACER

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

CHORD SPLICE PLATE

TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD

SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.2.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard Alumalite Truss II Truss Connector Assembly Details

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y (14X)


REQUIRED FOR TRUSS
CHORD SPLICE PLATE (6X) CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY

OUTER LEG

2.11 m BOTTOM CHORD


BOTTOM CHORD
B A
SPACER (2X)

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


BOTTOM CHORD SPACER

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

CHORD SPLICE PLATE

TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD

SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.2.7
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard 1.8m Deep Truss II 300mm Drop Extension Truss Assembly Details

300 mm
[11.8 "]
5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y (9X)
REQUIRED FOR SQUARE END

CHORD SPLICE PLATE (6X) 1.215 m TOP CHORD

1.761 m DIAGONAL
BRACE

TS002 SPECIAL 1.793 m OUTER LEG


1800 mm
[70.9 "]

.0 m
[67 1 m
"]

1500 mm
[59.1 "]
0
17
1057 mm
[41.6 "]

BOTTOM CHORD B A
SPACER
5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y (7X)
REQUIRED FOR DROP EXTENSION
1.209 m BOTTOM CHORD TRUSS ASSEMBLY
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

BOTTOM CHORD SPACER


field, and is to be used with other data.

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

CHORD SPLICE PLATE

TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD

SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.2.8 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard 1.8m Deep Truss II 600mm Drop Extension Truss Assembly Details

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y (9X)


REQUIRED FOR SQUARE END

CHORD SPLICE PLATE (6X)

600 mm
[23.6 "]
1.215 m TOP CHORD

TS002 SPECIAL 1.793 m OUTER LEG


1.529 m DIAGONAL
BRACE
1800 mm
[70.9 "]

7. m
[5 9 m
"]

1200 mm
[47.2 "]
8
6
14
1057 mm
[41.6 "]

BOTTOM CHORD B A 5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y (7X)


SPACER REQUIRED FOR DROP EXTENSION
TRUSS ASSEMBLY
1.209 m BOTTOM CHORD

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


BOTTOM CHORD SPACER

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

CHORD SPLICE PLATE

TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD

SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.2.9
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard 1.8m Deep Truss II 900mm Drop Extension Truss Assembly Details

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y (9X)


REQUIRED FOR SQUARE END

CHORD SPLICE PLATE (6X)

900 mm
[35.4 "]
TS002 SPECIAL 1.793 m OUTER LEG
1.325 m DIAGONAL
1800 mm

BRACE
[70.9 "]

m
m
65 8 "]
12 [49 .

900 mm
[35.4 "]
1057 mm
[41.6 "]

BOTTOM CHORD B A
SPACER
5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y (7X)
REQUIRED FOR DROP EXTENSION
1.209 m BOTTOM CHORD TRUSS ASSEMBLY
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

BOTTOM CHORD SPACER


field, and is to be used with other data.

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

CHORD SPLICE PLATE

TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD

SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.2.10 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard 1.8m Deep Truss II 300 mm Drop Truss Assembly Details

5
X 4 21" BOLT ASS'Y (11X) 8"
REQUIRED FOR DROP
TRUSS

300 mm
[11.8 "]
1.215m TOP CHORD

SPLICE PLATE (4X) REQUIRED


FOR DROP TRUSS ASSEMBLY
TS002 SPECIAL 1.793 m OUTER LEG

TS002 SPECIAL 1.793 m OUTER LEG


1800 mm
[70.9 "]

1500 mm
[59.1 "]

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
1.761 m DIAGONAL BRACE A B

field, and is to be used with other data.


BOTTOM CHORD SPACER

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

CHORD SPLICE PLATE

TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD

SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.2.11
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard 1.8m Deep Truss II 600 mm Drop Truss Assembly Details

5
X 4 21" BOLT ASS'Y (11X) 8"
REQUIRED FOR DROP
TRUSS
1.215m TOP CHORD

SPLICE PLATE (4X) REQUIRED


FOR DROP TRUSS ASSEMBLY

600 mm
[23.6 "]
TS002 SPECIAL 1.793 m OUTER LEG

TS002 SPECIAL 1.793 m OUTER LEG


1800 mm
[70.9 "]

1200 mm
[47.2 "]
1.538 m DIAGONAL BRACE A B
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

BOTTOM CHORD SPACER

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

CHORD SPLICE PLATE

TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD

SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.2.12 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Standard 1.8m Deep Truss II 900 mm Drop Truss Assembly Details

5
X 4 21" BOLT ASS'Y (11X) 8"
REQUIRED FOR DROP
TRUSS
1.215m TOP CHORD

SPLICE PLATE (4X) REQUIRED


FOR DROP TRUSS ASSEMBLY

900 mm
[35.4 "]
TS002 SPECIAL 1.793 m OUTER LEG

TS002 SPECIAL 1.793 m OUTER LEG


1800 mm
[70.9 "]

900 mm
1.325 m DIAGONAL BRACE [35.4 "] A B

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


BOTTOM CHORD SPACER

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

CHORD SPLICE PLATE

TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD

SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.2.13
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Modified Alumalite Truss II Truss Assembly Details

C TOP CHORD A B 5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

DIAGONAL
BRACE

BOTTOM CHORD
BOTTOM CHORD SPACER
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y CROSSBRACE


TRUSS TOP CHORD
field, and is to be used with other data.

DIAGONAL
OUTER LEG
CROSSBRACE BRACKET
SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B' SECTION - 'C'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.2.14 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Modified Alumalite Truss II 1.22m Truss Assembly Details

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y (14X)


USED WITH SPLICE PLATE

CHORD SPLICE PLATE (4X) 1.215 m TOP CHORD (2X)

OUTER LEG
DIAGONAL
BRACE

B A 1057 mm
[41.6 "]

1.209 m BOTTOM CHORD (2X)

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


BOTTOM CHORD SPACER

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


BOTTOM CHORD SPACER

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

CHORD SPLICE PLATE

TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD

SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.2.15
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Modified Alumalite Truss II Square End Assembly Details

CHORD SPLICE PLATE (4X) 5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y (9X)


REQUIRED FOR SQUARE END

OUTER LEG

B A

1.209 m BOTTOM CHORD (2X)


BOTTOM CHORD SPACER
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

BOTTOM CHORD SPACER


field, and is to be used with other data.

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

CHORD SPLICE PLATE

TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD

SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.2.16 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Modified Alumalite Truss II Truss Connector Assembly Details

8" X 4 2" BOLT ASS'Y (18X)


REQUIRED FOR MODIFIED
CHORD SPLICE PLATE (6X) TRUSS CONNECTOR

2.11 m BOTTOM CHORD (2X)


B A

BOTTOM CHORD SPACER (4X)


REQUIRED FOR

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
MODIFIED TRUSS CONNECTOR

field, and is to be used with other data.


BOTTOM CHORD SPACER

5/8" X 4 1/2" BOLT ASS'Y

CHORD SPLICE PLATE

TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD

SECTION - 'A' SECTION - 'B'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.2.17
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.2.18 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Super Truss Outer Leg Application Details

DETAIL A

DETAIL B

1219.0 mm
[47.992"]

FOR LEG LOAD CAPACITIES AND


LIMITS FOR A:

- WHEN USING 1.2m TRUSS


COMPONENTS, REFER TO
DESIGN DATA SECTION

- WHEN USING 1.8m TRUSS

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


COMPONENTS, REFER TO

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


150.0 mm
[5.906"]

DESIGN DATA SECTION


150.0 mm
[5.906"]

U-PIN BOLT SLOT ON

field, and is to be used with other data.


OUTER LEG
[0.197"]
5.0 mm

OUTER LEG

X-BRACE
150.0 mm
[5.906"]

A-BOLT
150.0 mm
[5.906"]

TRUSS
CONNECTOR
DETAIL - 'B'
DETAIL - 'A'

Truss Sizes
2438.0 mm
[95.984"] 1.2m 1.8m
Leg Spacing Leg Spacing
1.219m 2.438m 1.219m 2.438m
X-BR SIZE 1200x1200 1800x2100 1200x1500 1800x2400

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.3.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stack Truss Outer Leg Application Details

REQUIRED
NO BRACE
< 600 mm
DETAIL A

FOR LEG LOAD CAPACITIES AND


LIMITS FOR A:

- WHEN USING 1.2m TRUSS


COMPONENTS, REFER TO
DESIGN DATA SECTION

- WHEN USING 1.8m TRUSS


COMPONENTS, REFER TO
DESIGN DATA SECTION
1219.0 mm
[47.992"]

150.0 mm
[5.906"]
150.0 mm
[5.906"]
U-PIN
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

DIM. 1076 OR 1676


IN ORDER TO USE

SHOULD BE USED
field, and is to be used with other data.

STANDARD X-BR

VARIES

STACK TRUSS
CONNECTOR
REQUIRED
NO BRACE
< 600 mm

150.0 mm
[5.906"]
150.0 mm
[5.906"]

DETAIL - 'A'

Truss Sizes
1.2m 1.8m
Leg Spacing Leg Spacing
1.219m 2.438m 1.219m 2.438m
2438.0 mm
[95.984"] X-BR SIZE 1200x1200 1800x2100 1200x1500 1800x2400

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.3.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
1.2 m Alumalite Truss II Crossbrace Connection Details

CENTRE TO CENTRE OF TRUSS


80 mm 80 mm
CROSSBRACE SIZE
[3.1 "] [3.1 "]
1200 mm

1076 mm
[47.2 "]

[42.4 "]

CROSSBRACE*

* CROSSBRACE DESIGNATION
DENOTES OVERALL DEPTH OF
TRUSS AND C/C DIMENSION
A
62 mm
[2.4 "]

80 mm
[3.1 "]

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
A A

field, and is to be used with other data.


1/2" x 1 1/2" HEX BOLT ASS'Y
CROSSBRACE
CROSSBRACE
TRUSS LEG

CROSSBRACE
CROSSBRACE BRACKET
BRACKET

5/8" X 4 1/2"
BOLT ASS'Y (2X) 80 mm
[3.1 "]

DETAIL - 'A' SECTION A-A

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.3.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
1.8 m Alumalite Truss II Crossbrace Connection Details

CENTRE TO CENTRE OF TRUSS

80 mm 80 mm
CROSSBRACE SIZE
[3.1 "] [3.1 "]
1800 mm

1676 mm
[70.9 "]

[66.0 "]

CROSSBRACE*

* CROSSBRACE DESIGNATION
DENOTES OVERALL DEPTH OF
TRUSS AND C/C DIMENSION

HORIZONTAL BRACE
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

[2.441 "]
62.0 mm
field, and is to be used with other data.

A
HORIZONTAL BRACE

A A
1/2" x 1 1/2" HEX BOLT ASS'Y

TRUSS LEG CROSSBRACE


CROSSBRACE
HORIZONTAL BRACE
CROSSBRACE
BRACKET

CROSSBRACE
5/8" X 4 1/2" BRACKET
BOLT ASS'Y (2X) 80.0 mm
[3.150 "]

DETAIL - 'A' SECTION A-A

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.3.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Aluma Truss Jack Application Details

CROSSBRACE
BRACKET
VARIES

455-610
305-455

610-755
755-915

POURING POSITION

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

FLYING POSITION

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.3.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Truss Jack Application Details

CROSSBRACE
BRACKET

TRUSS JACK HINGE


VARIES
450-600
600-750
750-900 ALUMA FRAME
SCREWJACK HANDLE

MAX.
189
POURING POSITION STRIPPING POSITION
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

FLYING POSITION
field, and is to be used with other data.

465 MIN. FOR 450-600 JACK


605 MIN. FOR 600-750 JACK
750 MIN. FOR 750-900 JACK

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.3.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Hinge Application
Beamside Hinge with Hinge Rail Beam Lock Bar Assembly
BEAMSIDE CHAMFER HINGE
CHAMFER HINGE
122-18 OR 140-18 HINGE RAIL BEAM

238.3 mm
[9.381"] MAX

[23.622"] MAX.
600.0 mm
122, 140,
OR 141 BEAM

HINGE RAIL BEAM


EXTENDED LOCK BAR
17.5mm (11/16")
THICK PLYWOOD

LATCH ANCHOR LATCH

Beamside Hinge with Hinge Rail Beam Extended Lock Bar Assembly
BEAMSIDE CHAMFER HINGE
CHAMFER HINGE
22-18 OR 140-18 HINGE RAIL BEAM

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
122, 140 173.3 mm
OR 141 BEAM [6.822"]

field, and is to be used with other data.


[23.622"] MAX.
600.0 mm

HINGE RAIL BEAM


LOCK BAR

17.5mm (11/16")
THICK PLYWOOD

LATCH ANCHOR LATCH

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.4.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Chamfer Hinge Assembly Pouring and Stripping Position
BEAMSIDE CHAMFER HINGE

17.5 mm PLYWOOD

122 - 18 HINGE RAIL BEAM


3
#10 x HEX HEAD
4"
WOOD SCREW
@ 16" C/C
#10 x 34" HEX HEAD
WOOD SCREW
@ 8" C/C

17.5mm PLYWOOD

POURING POSITION

#10 X 34" HEX HEAD


WOOD SCREWS @ BEAMSIDE CHAMFER HINGE
12" C/C
122 - 18 HINGE RAIL BEAM
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

17.5 mm PLYWOOD
field, and is to be used with other data.

HINGE RAILBEAM
LOCK BAR 17.5 mm PLYWOOD

STRIPPED POSITION

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.4.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beamside Latch Pouring and Stripping Position
BEAMSIDE 17.5 mm PLYWOOD

LATCH ANCHOR

17.5 mm PLYWOOD

LATCH TYPE 1

A-BOLT TO LOCK LATCH IN POSITION

POURING POSITION

#12 X 34" LOW ROOT

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
WOOD SCREWS @
100mm C/C STAGGERED

field, and is to be used with other data.


17.5mm PLYWOOD

LATCH ANCHOR

LATCH TYPE 1
IN STRIPPED POSITION

STRIPPED POSITION

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.4.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Beam Inside Corner Assembly

CHAMFER
ALUMA JOIST
HINGE 122-18 OR 140-18
(140 BM SHOWN)
HINGE RAIL
BEAM

PLYWOOD

CHAMFER HINGE

BEAM INSIDE
CORNER ASSEMBLY
PLYWOOD
CHAMFER
HINGE
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.4.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Steel Packer Fixing Details

A PLYWOOD

ALUMA LEDGER A-CLAMP ASS'Y

ALUMA LEDGER
B
5/8" X 4 1/2" STEEL PACKER
STEEL PACKER BOLT ASS'Y
A-BOLT ASS'Y TRUSS TOP CHORD
C TRUSS TOP CHORD
5/8" X 4 1/2" CROSSBRACE
BOLT ASS'Y BRACKET

OUTER LEG
DIAGONAL BRACE

CROSSBRACE
OUTER LEG
SECTION 'A'

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


A-BOLT ASS'Y ALUMA LEDGER

TOP OF
STEEL PACKER

SECTION 'B' SECTION 'C'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.5.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Tube and Clamp Details

ALUMA JOIST STEEL PACKER


(SPACING BASED ON SLAB THK.) ALUMA LEDGER (MAX. HEIGHT
= 1200mm)
TUBE & CLAMP

IN BOTH DIRECTION
WHEN PACKING
HEIGHT > 500mm
(USE EITHER TUBE
& CLAMP OR
CROSSBRACES)

A-LITE
TRUSS

A A

ALUMA JOIST UNIVERSAL


(SPACING BASED SCREWJACK
ON SLAB THK.) & J-HEAD ALUMA LEDGER
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

TUBE & CLAMP


field, and is to be used with other data.

IN BOTH DIRECTION
EXTENSION STAFF WHEN PACKING
HEIGHT > 500mm

A-LITE TRUSS

B B

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.5.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Top Jack Screw Assembly - Application

LATERAL BRACE PROVIDED


AT DECK LEVEL

5/8" X 3" RIVET

ALUMA STEEL
600 TOP BASE PLATE

WITH 600 JACK


JACK SCREW

[21.654"] MAX
550.0 mm
TOP JACK BRACKET

[4.921"] MIN.
125.0 mm
ALUMALITE TRUSS
TOP CHORD

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

430.3 mm
[16.943"]

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.5.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Hinge Arm Bracket Application Details
HINGE ARM 17.5 HOLES DRILLED
ON SITE TO SUIT 16 (5/8") BOTLS

45
A-BOLT ASS'Y (2X) PLYWOOD
A B
ALUMA JOIST
30.0 mm ALUMA JOIST
[1.181 "]

60.0 mm
[2.362 "]
150.0 mm 180.0 mm A-CLAMP @ EVERY
[5.906 "] [7.087 "]
INTERSECTION BOTH
40.0 mm SIDES
[1.575 "]
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

PLYWOOD PLYWOOD

METHOD 1 ALUMA JOIST


ALUMA 141 BEAM ALUMA JOIST

HINGE BRACKET
16mm x 38mm (58" x 1 21")
HINGE ARM
BOLT ASSEMBLY
SECTION A SECTION B

PLYWOOD
PLYWOOD

METHOD 2
ALUMA BEAM OR ALUMA JOIST
ALUMA 140 BEAM ALUMA JOIST
HINGE BRACKET
HINGE ARM 16mm x 38mm (58" x 1 21")
BOLT ASSEMBLY
SECTION A SECTION B

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.5.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Guardrail Support - Application

JOIST

A-CLAMP
TUBE &
ASS'Y
CLAMP

A-BOLT
ASS'Y
GUARDRAIL SUPPORT
LITE TRUSS BRACKET
DIAGONAL

GUARDRAIL A LITE TRUSS TOP CHORD


POST ALUMA JOISTS

SECTION A
GUARDRAIL
SUPPORT
BRACKET

ALUMALITE TRUSS A-BOLT ASS'Y


TOP CHORD

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


ALUMALITE TRUSS DIAGONAL

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


48.3mm
SCAFFOLD TUBE

ALUMA JOISTS

A-CLAMP GUARDRAIL SUPPORT


ASS'Y ALUMALITE TRUSS
BRACKET

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.5.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Truss Infill Application Details

100.0 mm 450 mm 100.0 mm


[3.937 "] MAX. [3.937 "]
PLYWOOD

ALUMA JOIST

INFILL PANEL
ALUMALITE TOP CHORD

TABLE PARALLEL TO TABLE INFILL

100.0 mm 450 mm
[3.937 "] MAX.
PLYWOOD

ALUMA JOIST

INFILL PANEL
ALUMALITE TOP CHORD

ALUMALITE TRUSS
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

TABLE PERPENDICULAR TO TABLE INFILL


field, and is to be used with other data.

100.0 mm 450 mm
[3.937 "] MAX.
PLYWOOD

ALUMA JOIST

INFILL PANEL
ALUMALITE TOP CHORD

WALL LEDGER
(BY CONTRACTOR)

TABLE TO CONCRETE FACE INFILL

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.5.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Truss Table Joint Without Infill

PLYWOOD

ALUMA JOIST

ALUMALITE TOP CHORD 10.0 mm


10.0 mm [0.395 "]
[0.395 "]

TABLE PARALLEL TO EACH OTHER

PLYWOOD

ALUMA JOIST

ALUMALITE TOP

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
CHORD

10.0 mm

field, and is to be used with other data.


[0.395 "] ALUMALITE TRUSS
20.0 mm
[0.787 "]

TABLE PERPENDICULAR TO EACH OTHER

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.5.7
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.5.8 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Packing Clip Application Details

A
18mm PLYWOOD

140 BEAM

PACKING-CLIP

12.7mm BOLT ASS'Y


(LENGTH TO SUIT)
ALUMALITE TRUSS II

FOR PACKING HEIGHT LESS THAN 20mm, ALUMA A-CLAMP SHOULD BE USED

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
18mm PLYWOOD

field, and is to be used with other data.


140 BEAM
CONT. WOOD
BLOCKING

PACKING-CLIP
12.7mm BOLT ASS'Y
(LENGTH TO SUIT)

ALUMALITE TRUSS II

SECTION 'A'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.6.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
A-Clip Application Details

18mm PLYWOOD A

140 BEAM

A-CLIP

12.7mm BOLT ASS'Y


(LENGTH TO SUIT)
ALUMALITE TRUSS II
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

18mm PLYWOOD
field, and is to be used with other data.

140 BEAM
WOOD
BLOCKING

A-CLIP

12.7mm BOLT ASS'Y


(LENGTH TO SUIT)

ALUMALITE TRUSS II

SECTION 'A'

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.6.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Wood Screw Application Details

300.00

INSERT SELF DRILLING SCREWS 300mm C/C STAGGERED


AS SHOWN FOR BEAMS WITHOUT PRE-DRILLED HOLES
22.74

22.74
18.00

18.00

18.00

18.00
.06

.06
29

29
#10 x 3/4" #12 X 1 1/4" #10 x 3/4" #12 X 1 1/4"
LOW-ROOT LOW-ROOT SELF DRILLING SELF DRILLING
WOOD SCREW WOOD SCREW WOOD SCREW WOOD SCREW

122 BEAM 141 BEAM 122 BEAM 141 BEAM

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
122 BEAM & 141 BEAM WITH PRE-DRILLED HOLES 122 BEAM & 141 BEAM W/O PRE-DRILLED HOLES

field, and is to be used with other data.


ALL SCREWS WITH HEX HEAD WASHER HEAD
5
WITH FLAT GROOVE (TO FIT 16 " SOCKET)
FOR FLAT SCREW
19.50

28.50

DRIVER

#10 x 3 4" #12 x 1 14"


19.50

28.50

SELF DRILLING SELF DRILLING


WOOD SCREW WOOD SCREW
#10 x 3 4" #12 x 1 1 4"
LOW-ROOT LOW-ROOT
WOOD SCREW WOOD SCREW
SELF DRILLING HEAD TO DRILL
THROUGH 141 BEAM SCREW
LOW-ROOT THREAD SLOT OR THROUGH 122 BEAM
TO INCREASE GRIP TOP FLANGE
TO PLYWOOD

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual 4.6.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
4.6.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Design Standards and References
Design Standards:

CSA CAN3-S157 M83 Strength Design in Aluminum


The Aluminum Association Aluminum Design Manual
CSA S269.1-1975 Falsework for Construction Purposes
CSA S269.2-M87 Access Scaffolding for Construction Purposes
CSA S269.3-M92 Concrete Formwork

Reference Publications:

ACI: SP4 Formwork for Concrete


ACI: 347R-94 Guide to Formwork for Concrete
The Concrete Society: Formwork A Guide to Good Practice
Alcan: Strength of Aluminum

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual A.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Aluminum 6061-T6 Properties
Chemical Composition
(Alloy 6061 Is a heat-treatable aluminum % mass
magnesium-silicon alloy)
Silicon 0.40-0.80
Iron 0.70
Copper 0.15-0.40
Manganese 0.15
Magnesium 0.80-1.20
Chromium 0.04-0.35
Zinc 0.25
Titanium 0.15
Others, each 0.05
Others total 0.15
Aluminum Remainder

Welding Characteristics:
Alloy 6061 is readily welded by the MIG and TIG processes. Recommended filler alloy is 5356. Filler Alloy 4043
may also be used for general welding except when welding 6061 to aluminum-magnesium alloys (i.e. 5000 series
alloys).

Corrosion Resistance:
Excellent resistance to the atmosphere fresh waters, many soils, fair resistance to seawater. Good general
corrosion resistance in structural applications
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
A.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Aluminum Properties

Aluminum Alloy 6061-T6


Mechanical Properties and Stresses

CAN3-S157-M83 The Alumium Association

E= Modulus of Eleasticity = 70,000 MPa E= 10,100 ksi 69,637 MPa


G= Shear Modulus 26,000 MPa G= 3770 ksi 25,993 MPa
Poisson's Ratio 0.33 0.33
= Density 2,700 kg/m3 = 0.098 lbs/cu in.
-1
Coefficient of linear expansion 0.000024 C 0.0000131 F-1

Fu = Ultimate Tensile Stress = 260 MPa Fu = 38 ksi 262 MPa


Fy = Tensile Stress at Yield = 240 MPa Fy = 35 ksi 241 MPa
Fcy = Compressive Stress at Yield = 240 MPa Fcy = 35 ksi 241 MPa
Fc = Fcy = 240 MPa For <17 ksi MPa
Fc = Fy2(1-k) = Fy2-(Fyk3)) = 270 - 1.68 MPa For 17<<66 ksi MPa
2 2 2
Fc = E/ = 690,000 / MPa For >66 ksi MPa
Fsu = Ultimate Shear Stress = 160 MPa (=0.6Fu) Fsu = 24 ksi 165 MPa
Fsy = Shear Stress at Yield = 145 MPa (=0.6Fy) Fsy = 20 ksi 138 MPa
FB = Ultimate Bearing Stress = 520 MPa (=2Fu) Fby = 80 ksi 552 MPa
Bearing Stress at Yield = Fbu = 56 ksi 386 MPa

CAN3-S157-M83 (1.7.2.2)
k= 0.1 = 0.1
1/2
= (Fy/E) = 0.0586

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
1/2
= (1+2) = 1.057
o = 4.1/() = 66

field, and is to be used with other data.


3
Fyk = 1.68 MPa
2
Fy = 270 MPa

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual A.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
A.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Truss Assembly Instructions (Mark II)

Alumalite Truss Mark II


Assembly Instructions
This section describes a standard method to assemble an Alumalite Truss. The method outlined below is
an example of many workable methods.

NOTE: As you discover the versatility of Aluma Systems equipment, other methods may be developed to
suit individual preferences and site conditions. No matter which method is selected, it is important to
follow local safety regulations and common sense to perform the work in a safe and efficient manner.

TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES


Measuring tape
305 mm adjustable wrench
Standard hand ratchet (1/2 drive)
Electric impact wrench (12.7mm drive)
16 mm (5/8) deep impact sockets
16 mm (5/8) shallow impact sockets.
Spud ratchet (12.7 mm drive)
Spud adjustable wrench
16 mm (5/8) open end wrenches
3 Steel or wood work benches (refer to
figure 1 for details).

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Figure 1: 3 work benches (wood or steel) of

field, and is to be used with other data.


approximately 2.0 m long and 1.0 m high.

NOTE: It is the contractor's responsibility to provide the above tools and accessories.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual B.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Truss Assembly Instructions (Mark II)
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE

Step 1: Place Top and Bottom Chord Channels on Benches (see Fig. 2)

(a) Fasten blocking or stop blocks to the work benches to suit the overall truss height of 1.2 m (or 1.8
m).
(b) Place one (1) Top Chord Channel against the stop blocks with the flat surface facing up.
(c) At the other end of the benches, place one (1) Bottom Chord Channel against the stop blocks
with the flat surface facing up. The first double holes should approximately line up with the third
set of double holes on the top chord.

Figure 2: Truss after step 1 top and bottom chords placed onto the work benches.

Step 2: Place Outer Legs and Diagonal Braces (see Fig. 3)

(a) Place the Outer Legs on the Chord Channels at the locations shown in the engineering
drawings. Visually line up the bolt holes.
(b) Repeat this procedure for the Diagonal Braces.
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Figure 3: Truss after step 2 outer legs and diagonal braces placed onto the chord channels

Step 3: Place Top and Bottom Chord Channels (see Fig. 4)

(a) Place the other Top Chord Channel on top of the Outer Legs and Diagonal Braces with the flat
surface face down. Visually line up the bolt holes.
(b) Repeat this procedure for the Bottom Chord Channel.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
B.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Truss Assembly Instructions (Mark II)

Figure 4: Truss after step 3 remaining top and bottom chords placed on top.

Step 4: Install Crossbrace Brackets and Bolt the Truss Assembly Together
(see Fig. 5)

(a) Place Crossbrace Brackets on the Top and Bottom Chords at the locations shown in the
Engineering drawings (generally at alternating Outer Leg locations). Notice the direction of the
angle to match the other truss.
(b) Insert the supplied 16 mm x 115 mm (5/8" x 4") bolts into all connection locations. A spud
handled wrench can be used as an aid to hole alignment.
(c) Put in the Washers and hand tighten all the Nuts.
(d) Measure the diagonal distances between an outer corner of the Top Chord and the opposite
outer corner of the Bottom Chord. Adjust the position of the Bottom Chord Channels until the
diagonal measurements are the same.
(e) Tighten all the Bolts and Nuts with the electric impact wrench.
(f) Remove the truss from the work benches and either transfer it to a suitable storage or mobilize it
to site.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Figure 5: Truss after step 4 Crossbrace brackets installed and truss assembly bolted

NOTE: The Bottom Chord Spacer and Base Plate Hook are optional accessories, used to stiffen the truss and to
facilitate flying of the table. They can be installed between the Top and Bottom Chord Channels at any time.
Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual B.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
B.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 140 Beam

Alumalite Table Form


with Aluma 140 Beam
Assembly Instructions
The following describes a standard method to assemble an Alumalite Table Form using Aluma
140 Beams. The method outlined below is a typical workable method.

NOTE: As you discover the versatility of Aluma Systems equipment, other methods of assembly may be
developed to suit individual preferences. No matter which method is selected, it is important to follow
local safety regulations and common sense to perform the work in a safe and efficient manner.

TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES


Electric Impact Wrench (12.7 mm Chuck)
Shallow Impact Sockets (16 mm)
Deep Impact Socket (16 mm)
Standard Ratchet (12.7 mm Drive)
Spud Ratchet (12.7 mm Drive)
Standard Adjustable Wrench
Open End Wrenches (, 5/8)
Standard Carpenters' Tools Carpenters Hammer, Hand Saw, Measuring Tape (30 m), Chalkline
and Reel, Carpenters Level, Framing Square, Electric Circular Saw, Electric Screwdriver.

NOTE: It is the contractor's responsibility to provide the above tools and accessories.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual C.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 140 Beam
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE

Step 1: Deliver the Pre-Assembled Trusses (for Alumalite Truss assembly refer to Alumalite Truss
Mark II assembly instruction) to the table Assembly Area, Install Crossbracing, Square
and Level (see Fig. 1)

(a) Set the first truss on top of 4 x 4 timbers.


(b) Select and install the two end Crossbraces using the " x 1" Hex Head Bolt Assemblies
supplied. Hand tighten only.
(c) Set the second truss on top of the 4 x 4 timbers and connect the Crossbraces in the same way
as in (b).
(d) Install the intermediate Crossbraces and all horizontal braces, if applicable.
(e) Using shims if necessary, ensure that the tops of the trusses are level.
(f) Securely tighten all Crossbrace Bolts on the tops and bottoms of both trusses.
(g) Measure from outside corner to outside corner of the trusses. Adjust the position of one truss
until the two diagonal measurements are the same.
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Figure 1: Table after Step 1 cossbraces installed, truss leveled and squared.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
C.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 140 Beam
Step 2: Install Steel Packers and Stringers (see Fig. 2)

(a) Install the Steel Packers using the Aluma Bolts supplied. Use 4 Aluma Bolts for each Steel
Packer.
(b) Place the 165 Stringer on top of the Steel Packers, and fix them into position using the Aluma
Bolts supplied. Use 2 Aluma Bolts for each location.

Figure 2: Table after step 2 steel packers and stringers installed.

Step 3: Install Starter Beams (see Fig. 3)

(a) Install one 140 Beam at each end of the truss set up ensuring that the overhang is the same on

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
both sides (or as indicated on the Engineering drawings).
(b) String a line from one end of the first beam to one end of the other. Clamp securely using the A-

field, and is to be used with other data.


Clamps supplied.

Figure 3: Table after step 3 starter beams installed.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual C.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 140 Beam
Step 4: Install Remaining Beams (see Fig. 4)

(a) Place the correct number of 140 Beams on the stringers and top chords without touching the
installed stringline. Refer to the Engineering drawings for the number of beams required.
(b) Place 140 Hinge Rail Beams at the ends of the Aluma 165 Stringer.
(c) Line up and space the beams as indicated on the Engineering drawings.
(d) Adjust beam spacing slightly to suit standard plywood sheet sizes.
(e) Clamp the beams securely into place using the A-Clamps supplied.

Figure 4: Table after step 4 starter beams installed.


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
C.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 140 Beam
Step 5: Install Plywood (see Fig. 5)

(a) Fasten plywood to the beams using 50 mm (2") wood screws.


(b) Ensure that all joints are butted tightly together and running square with the truss.

Figure 5: Table after step 5 plywood installed.

Step 6: Assembly and Installation of Beamside Form

(a) Using the #10 woodscrew, screw the Chamfer Hinge onto the ends of the plywood (1 per panel);
ensure the Chamfer Hinge lines up with the plywood.
(b) Hook the Beamside Chamfer Hinge onto the Hinge Rail Beam.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


(c) Close up the beamside and lock using the Form Latch and Form Latch Anchor assemblies.

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual C.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 140 Beam

Step 7: Cut Holes in Plywood at Pick Up Point Locations (see Fig. 6)

(a) Mark the location of each Top Chord with a line on the upper plywood deck.
(b) Measure and mark along these lines 30% and 55% of the total length of the table form.
(c) At each of these locations, mark and cut out a hole approximately 250 mm wide x 600 mm long.
This hole can be shifted slightly so that the cut out will fall on the centers of two beams. Save the
cutout piece and use it to close the opening after each flying operation.

Figure 6: Table after step 7 holes cut in the plywood at pick up locations.
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
C.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 140 Beam

Step 8: Set Table Form In Its Pouring Position (see Fig. 8)

(a) Fly Table Form and set it into position.

Figure 8: Table after step 8 table form in pouring position.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual C.7
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
C.8 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 122 Beam

Alumalite Table Form


with Aluma 122 Beam
Assembly Instructions

The following describes a standard method to assemble an Alumalite Table Form with Aluma
122 Beam as Joist. The method outlined below is a typical workable method.

NOTE: As you discover the versatility of Aluma Systems equipment, other methods of assembly may be
developed to suit individual preferences. No matter which method is selected, it is important to follow
local safety regulations and common sense to perform the work in a safe and efficient manner.

TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES


Electric Impact Wrench (12.7 mm Chuck)
Shallow Impact Sockets (16 mm)
Deep Impact Socket (16 mm)
Standard Ratchet (12.7 mm Drive)

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


Spud Ratchet (12.7 mm Drive)

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


Standard Adjustable Wrench
Open End Wrenches (, 5/8)

field, and is to be used with other data.


Standard Carpenters' Tools Carpenters Hammer, Hand Saw, Measuring Tape (30 m), Chalkline
and Reel, Carpenters Level, Framing Square, Electric Circular Saw, Electric Screwdriver with socket
for #10 hex head screw.

NOTE: It is the contractor's responsibility to provide the above tools and accessories.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual D.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 122 Beam
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE

Step 1: Deliver the pre-assembled trusses (for Alumalite Truss assembly refer to Alumalite Truss
Mark II Assembly Instructions) to the table assembly area, install crossbracing, square and level
(see Fig. 1)

(a) Set the first truss on top of 4 x 4 timbers.


(b) Select and install the two end Crossbraces using the " x 1" Hex Head Bolt Assemblies
supplied. Hand tighten only.
(c) Set the second truss on top of the 4 x 4 timbers and connect the Crossbraces in the same way
as in (b).
(d) Install the intermediate Crossbraces and all horizontal braces, if applicable.
(e) If necessary use shims between the 4x 4 and ground to ensure that the tops of the trusses are
level.
(f) Measure from outside corner to outside corner of the trusses. Adjust the position of one truss
until the two diagonal measurements are the same.
(g) Securely tighten all Crossbrace Bolts on the tops and bottoms of both trusses.
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Figure 1: Table after step 1 crossbraces installed, truss leveled and squared.

Step 2: Install Steel Packers and Stringers (see Fig. 2)

(a) Install the Steel Packers using the Aluma Bolts supplied. Use 4 Aluma Bolts for each Steel
Packer.
(b) Place the 165 Stringer on top of the Steel Packers at locations shown in the engineering
drawings, and fix them into position using the Aluma Bolts supplied. Use 2 Aluma Bolts at each
steel packer.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
D.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 122 Beam

Figure 2: Table after step 2 steel packers and stringers installed.

Step 3: Assembly of Jig.

The jig (Figure 1) can be constructed from wood (e.g. 4" x 4) or with Aluma Beams. Construction must
take place on a flat working area, preferably a leveled concrete slab.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Figure 3: 122 Beam Wall Form Jig Setup

(a) Choose a suitable work area and prepare the members as pictured above in Figure 1.
(b) Nail the members together as illustrated, making sure that the jig is square, level and well secured in
place.
(c) Nail stoppers at the long edge of the jig. This will ensure proper placement of the plywood onto the
jig.
(d) At the short end of the jig, nail a plywood stopper to it. This will ensure the 122 beams are flush
when they are placed onto the plywood. When nailing the plywood stopper to the jig, make sure
that the stopper is perpendicular to the jig.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual D.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 122 Beam

Figure 4: Side view of plywood stoppers.

Step 3a: Assemble Slab Soffits (see Fig. 3)


(a) Cut and arrange the plywood on the jig to suit the panel sizes shown on the Engineering
drawings.
(b) Make sure that the plywood is facing down with its grain perpendicular to the beams.
(c) Make sure that the joints of plywood are over a support (e.g. beam).
(d) Mark the location of the end beams on the arranged plywood as shown on the Engineering
drawings.
(e) Chalk line the ends of the outer beams.
(f) Lay the end 122 Beam and the Hinge Rail Beam on the plywood following the chalk line making
sure that the 122 Beams are flush with the stopper.
(g) Check the position of the two 122 Beams by measuring the length of the two diagonals.
(h) Double check the locations of the two 122 Beams.
(i) Fix the two 122 Beams to the plywood using the wood screws provided, via the pre-drilled holes
at the ends of the beams.
(j) Place the remaining 122 Beams onto the plywood, following the spacing indicated on the
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

Engineering drawings, ensuring that all beams are flush with stopper.
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

(k) Fix the remaining 122 Beams to the plywood using the wood screws provided, via the pre-drilled
holes at the ends of the beams.
field, and is to be used with other data.

(l) Ensure that there is a tight fit at the plywood joints while putting in the wood screws.
(m) Attach a pair of temporary stringers (122 Beams or Strongback), onto the slab soffit.
(n) Repeat steps (a) to (k) for all remaining panels.

Step 3b: Assemble Beam Soffits


(a) Assemble Beam Soffit panel in a similar fashion as Slab Soffit, except replace the end 122
Beam and Hinge Rail Beam with Latch Anchors (2 per panel).

Steb 3c: Assemble Beamside Forms


(a) Assemble Beamside Forms in a similar fashion to Slab Soffit, except no beams are required to
be put on the plywood. Instead, screw in the Chamfer Hinge onto the ends of the plywood (1 per
panel); ensure the Chamfer Hinge lines up with the plywood.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
D.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 122 Beam

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Figure 3: Table after Step 3 Slab soffits, beam soffits and Beamside forms assembled.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual D.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 122 Beam
Step 4: Install Pre-Assembled Beam Soffits (see Fig. 4)

(a) Mark the location of the centers of the concrete beams on the Top Chords of the trusses.
(b) From these centerlines, mark one face of each concrete beam.
(c) Place the pre-assembled beam soffits on the Top Chords ensuring that the overhang is the
same for both trusses (unless otherwise indicated on the Engineering drawings).
(d) Secure the pre-assembled beam soffits with the supplied A-Clamps.
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Step 5: Install Pre-Assembled Slab Soffits (see Fig. 5)


field, and is to be used with other data.

(a) Using a crane and Nylon Slings, deliver the slab soffit to the final assembly area.
(b) Using the bottoms of the already fastened 122 Beams as a guide, slowly lower the slab soffit
into position on top of the 165 Stringers.
(c) Make sure that the soffit is positioned accurately, then secure it into place with the supplied A-
Clamps.
(d) Remove the temporary stringers from the slab soffits.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
D.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 122 Beam

Step 6: Install Pre-Assembled Beam Side Forms (see Fig. 6)

(a) Hook the Beamside Chamfer Hinge onto the Hinge Rail Beam.
(b) Close up the beamside and lock using the Form Latch and Form Latch Anchor assemblies.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual D.7
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 122 Beam

Step 7: Cut Holes in Plywood at Pick Up Locations (see Fig. 7)

(a) Mark the location of each Top Chord with a line on the upper plywood deck.
(b) Measure and mark along these lines 30% and 55% of the total length of the table form.
(c) Mark and cut a hole approximately 250mm wide x 600mm long. This hole can be shifted
slightly so that the cut out will fall on the centers of two beams. Save the cut out piece and use
it to close the opening after each flying operation.
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Step 8: Lift, Install Bottom Extensions and Transfer to Storage or Site (see Fig. 8)

(a) Place Nylon Slings securely around the Top Chord at pick up locations.
(b) Use the recommended 4 way cables to hook the slings up to the crane.
(c) Lift the table form approximately 1.3 m from the ground.
(d) Insert the Bottom Extension Staff completely into the Outer Leg and secure using the U-Pin
supplied. Lock the U-Pin into place using the Hitch Pin supplied.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
D.8 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Alumalite Table Form Assembly Instructions - 122 Beam

Step 9: Set Table Form into its Pouring Position (see Fig. 9)

(a) Fly the table form and set it into position following the steps listed in the Table Handling
Manuals.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual D.9
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
D.10 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Single Low Glides

ALUMALITE TABLE FORM


STRIPPING AND FLYING OPERATION - USING SINGLE LOW GLIDES

This procedure describes a standard method of stripping, flying and setting of an Alumalite Table Form.
The method detailed herein is only one example of many workable methods.
As you become more familiar with the versatility of Aluma Systems' equipment, methods may be
developed to suit individual preferences and site conditions. No matter which method is selected, it is
important to follow local safety regulations and common sense to perform the work safely and efficiently.

STRIPPING and FLYING EQUIPMENT


The following items are used in the stripping and flying of Alumalite Table Form, using Single Low Glides.
1. ALUMALITE LOWERING DEVICE
A minimum of four (4) Alumalite Lowering Devices are required. For longer and heavier
trusses, increasing the number of Lowering Devices is recommended. We suggest the use of
multiple sets of four units at all times.
The operating range of the Alumalite Lowering Device is 70 mm to 1280 mm.
The Alumalite Lowering Device is intended to be used on Alumalite Truss Tables with
Extension Legs (up to 8,000 kg total weight).
2. WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Four (4) are required per Table.
3. NYLON SLINGS

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


Four (4) are required per Table.
Grasps to Top Chord of the Alumalite Truss.

field, and is to be used with other data.


4. ALUMALITE LOW GLIDES
Minimum four (4) are required per Table.
5. HOISTING EQUIPMENT
Tower Crane, or Mobile Crane, etc. Capacity to match heaviest Table.
6. GUIDE ROPES
7. STANDARD HAMMER
8. 12MM (1/2 INCH) HAND WRENCH
9. 1.0 M LONG HOLLOW PIPE
10. CHAIN BLOCKS or ELECTRIC WINCH

Note: Quantities of flying equipment are based on normal two truss tables. For three truss tables
increase to a minimum of six (6) Lowering Devices.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual E.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Single Low Glides
ALUMALITE TRUSS STRIPPING AND FLYING EQUIPMENT

Nylon Sling
SAP # 266
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Alumalite Low Glide


SAP # 4431

Alumalite
Truss Lowering Device

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
E.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Single Low Glides
OPERATING TRUSS LOWERING DEVICE

To move the Lifting Plate of the Truss Lowering Device to another location on the Mast, remove the
pin and move the Lifting Plate to desire location and reinsert pin to secure the Lifting Plate into
position.
When the Lifting Plate is set to its Upper Position [pin at the top hole of the Mast], it is located at a
maximum elevation of 1.28m (4) above the support surface. From this extended position, the Lifting
Plate can be lowered to a height of 670mm (24) above the support surface.
When the Lifting Plate is set to its Lower Position [pin at the bottom hole of the Mast], it is located at a
maximum elevation of 680mm (24) above the support surface. From this position, the Lifting Plate can
be lowered to a minimum of 70mm (2-3/4) above the support surface.
To raise the Truss Lowering Device, turn the Crank Handle clockwise and turn counter-clockwise to
lower it. 1575.0 mm
[62.008"]

MAST
CRANK HANDLE
1280.0 mm
[50.394"]
965.0 mm
[37.992"]

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
680.0 mm
670.0 mm

[26.772"]
[26.378"]

70.0 mm
[2.756"]

PIN

field, and is to be used with other data.


WHEEL

BASE PLATE
LIFTING PLATE
Upper Position Lower Position

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual E.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Single Low Glides
STRIPPING PROCEDURE

Before starting the stripping procedure, of the table forms, the entire working area must be cleared of
excess materials such as concrete, steel or plywood pieces. These measures will help to increase the
levels of safety and efficiency.

STEP 1. For tables with Aluma Beamside Hinge equipment: Release Beamside Latch, Open
Beamside Form and Strip Wood fillers (For Table without Beamside Hinge, start
with Step 2)
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

With the aid of a small piece of wood blocking, gently but firmly strike down on the Beamside Latch until
it disengages from the Beamside plywood. At the same time, remove all wood fillers. Open all Beamside
forms before starting step 2.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
E.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Single Low Glides
STRIPPING PROCEDURE
STEP 2. Release Intermediate Screwjacks, Place Single Low Glides in Position

SCREWJACK

EXTENSION STAFF

STOPPER LOW GLIDE SCREWJACK

Ensure all overhead stripping work is completed.


Release all Screwjacks by approximately 6mm (1/4) by turning the Screwjack Handle counter-
clockwise for 1 full turn; use a one-metre long pipe as a lever, if necessary.
Disengage the U-Pins at all the intermediate Extension Staffs, retract the Extension Staffs completely

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
into the Outer Legs, secure the Extension Staffs in the retracted position using the U-Pins and Hitch
Pins, leaving the four corner Screwjacks and Extension Staffs in position.

field, and is to be used with other data.


Pick up the intermediate Screwjacks and attach them to the Screwjack Hook at the Top Chord. Ensure
that the Screwjacks will not come out during flying.
Place the Single Low Glides directly under the Bottom Chords, use a set of low glides as close to the
slab edge as possible (but still under the Bottom Chord) and the other glides at approximately 60% of the
truss length (from the end of the Truss outside the building). Install a stopper at the slab edge, to prevent
the low glides from moving towards the edge of the building.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual E.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Single Low Glides
STRIPPING PROCEDURE
STEP 3. Support with Lowering Devices, release remaining Screwjacks.

LOWERING DEVICE
25.0 mm
[1.000"]

Position the four Lowering Devices approximately 35% and 65% from the end of the truss outside the
building. Make sure that the Lifting Plate on the Lowering Device is pinned to the top hole at the Mast
(Upper Position).
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Position properly and raise the Lifting Plate by turning the Crank Handle clockwise to approximately 25
mm (1) below the Bottom Chords of the Trusses.
field, and is to be used with other data.

Release all Screwjacks by turning the Screwjack Handle counter-clockwise; use a one-metre long pipe
as a lever, if necessary. Self weight of the Table should release itself from concrete and become fully
supported by the Lowering Device. Ensure that the Table Form has dropped free from the concrete.

NEVER ATTEMPT TO LIFT THE TRUSS IN AN EFFORT TO RELIEVE THE LOAD ON


THE TRUSS JACKS

The Table is now sitting on the Lowering Devices, free of the concrete. The fillers (if any) on either side
of the Table are now quite visible. They should be knocked loose and moved to their next usage point.
Note: Table should not be flown with loose material on top.
Any other non-standard conditions must be addressed such as loose beam form, additional post shore
etc.
Remove all remaining U-Pins from the extension staff.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
E.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Single Low Glides
STRIPPING PROCEDURE
STEP 4. Lower Table Form, Push Out, Hook Up Two Front Cables

NYLON SLING

With one worker operating each Lowering Device, lower the Table (turn the crank handle counter-
clockwise) to approximate 20mm (3/4) above the minimum Lifting Plate position [670mm above support
surface].
Lower the four corner Extension Legs slowly by removing the U-Pins. With the Table now supported by
Extension Legs with Screwjacks, set the Lifting Plate to its minimum position.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


Switch the Lifting Plate to the bottom hole of the Mast (Lower Position). Lift the Lifting Plate by turning

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


the Crank Handle clockwise until the Table is supported by the Lowering Devices.

field, and is to be used with other data.


Release the Extension Staff and Screwjacks again by following the procedure as in Step 2.
Lower Table by turning Lower Devices Crank Handle counter-clockwise until the Bottom Chords are
resting on the Low Glides. Remove the Lowering Devices, and transfer them to the next Table Form.
Remove the plywood from the four pick-up points and install the Nylon Slings around the Top Chords of
the Trusses at the pick-up locations.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual E.7
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Single Low Glides
FLYING PROCEDURE with Glides

STEP 1. Push Table Out and Engage Crane Cables

WIRE ROPE SLING

Expose the front lifting points, and if necessary push the Table Form out just sufficiently to install the
front cable.
Position the crane over the Table Form at the edge of the slab.
The crane rigging should include suitable capacity chain block(s) or electric winches to allow for length
adjustment of the two rear wire rope slings (crane cables).
Hook up the two front wire rope slings and gently lift the Table so that the front end of the Table is
supported by the crane, if necessary push the Table Form further out, while the rear part of the Truss still
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

rests on the Glides.


field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
E.8 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Single Low Glides
FLYING PROCEDURE with Glides
STEP 2. Push Out & Hook Up Two Rear Cables

CHAIN BLOCK OR
ELECTRIC WINCH
TO LEVEL TABLE

GUIDE ROPE

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


Install guide ropes of suitable length to help set the Table in its new position.
Slowly push the Table out, adjusting the crane jib and/or trolley to ensure the crane cable is always
vertical, until the rear Nylon Slings of the Trusses can be reached.
Hook up the adjustable length rear crane cables and adjust the length of the wire sling using either the
Chain Block or Electric Winch until the complete Table load is taken by the crane and the Table is
level, move the Table out further as required.

Note: The chain block or electric winch should always be operated at a safe location (concrete slab).

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual E.9
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Single Low Glides
FLYING PROCEDURE with Glides
STEP 3. Fly Table Out from Underneath the Slab

2000 mm
[78.740"]

Let the crane operator have complete control over the Table. It is important to not use the Guide Ropes
to force the Table one way or the other.
Move the Table completely off and away from the building, the Table should be at least 2 m away from
the edge of the slab (if possible, for safety precautions).
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
E.10 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Single Low Glides
FLYING PROCEDURE with Glides
STEP 4. Deliver the Table to New Location

1300.0 mm
[51.181"]

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


Lift the Table to the next floor above and position it above the new floor. Keep the Table at a height of
approximately 1.3m above the slab.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual E.11
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Single Low Glides
SETTING PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Line Marking and Setting Templates

TEMPLATE MARKS

Lay out the exact locations of the four corner legs.


Fasten plywood templates to the floor at these locations.
This preparation work should be done well in advance of the Table setting in order to prevent any delay.
STEP 2. Land Table with Legs at the Four Corners
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Remove the Screwjacks from the Screwjack Hooks and set them to their new positions with the help of
the template. Set the Screwjack handle at the correct height above the floor.
Maintain the Table approximately 1.3 m above the slab at its new location. Remove the U-Pins from the
Extension Staffs, lower the Extension Staffs slowly so that they all land on the handles of the Screwjacks.
Reinstall the U-Pins to fix the Extension Staffs in position.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
E.12 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Single Low Glides
SETTING PROCEDURE
STEP 3. Level Table and Lower all the Extension Staffs

Release all wire ropes (crane cables) from the Table Form.
Adjust and level the Table elevation by turning the Screwjacks at the four corners. Use a leveling
instrument or a spirit level, and benchmark as a guideline.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Lower intermediate Extension Staffs on the Screwjacks. Make sure all the Extension Staffs are plumb.
Ensure that all Screwjacks have a solid contact with the slab.

field, and is to be used with other data.


Note: Tie Down Cable should be installed, if required, before any work is started on the Table deck.

STEP 4. Close Beamsides, Reinstall Wood Fillers, Clean and Apply Form Release Agent

Close the beamsides and secure using the Latches, tighten the A-Bolt with Wing Nuts at each Latch.
Reinstall the wood fillers and steel corner caps stripped from the floor below.
Clean the Table Form surface, sweep and thoroughly coat with an approved form release agent.
Allow the release agent to dry as specified by the manufacturers procedures.
The Table Form is now ready for other trades to work on.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual E.13
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
E.14 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying, & Setting Procedures w/ Truss Rollers

Alumalite Table form


Stripping and Flying Operation - Using Truss Rollers

This procedure describes a standard method of stripping, flying and setting of an Alumalite Table Form.
The method detailed herein is only one example of many workable methods.
As you become more familiar with the versatility of Aluma Systems' equipment, methods may be
developed to suit individual preferences and site conditions. No matter which method is selected, it is
important to follow local safety regulations and common sense to perform the work safely and efficiently.
STRIPPING and FLYING EQUIPMENT
The following items are used in the stripping and flying procedure of an Alumalite Table Form, using
Truss Rollers.
1. ALUMALITE LOWERING DEVICE
- A minimum of four (4) Alumalite Lowering Devices are required. For longer and heavier trusses,
eight (8) Lowering Devices are recommended. We suggest the use of multiple sets of four units
at all times.
- The operating range of the Alumalite Lowering Device is 70 mm to 1280 mm.
- The Alumalite Lowering Device is intended to be used on Aluma Truss Panels with Extension
Legs (up to 20,000 lbs. total weight)
2. WIRE ROPE SLINGS
- Four (4) are required per panel.
3. NYLON SLINGS

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
- Four (4) are required per panel.
- Grasps the Top Chord of the Aluma Truss.

field, and is to be used with other data.


4. TRUSS ROLLERS
- Four (4) are required per panel.
5. HOISTING EQUIPMENT
- Tower Crane, or Mobile Crane, etc.
6. GUIDE ROPES
7. STANDARD HAMMER
8. 12 mm (1/2) HAND WRENCH
9. 1.0 m LONG HOLLOW PIPE
10. CHAIN BLOCKS OR ELECTRIC WINCH.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual F.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying, & Setting Procedures w/ Truss Rollers
ALUMALITE TRUSS STRIPPING AND FLYING EQUIPMENT

Nylon Sling
SAP # 266
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Truss Roller
SAP # 4603

Alumalite
Truss Lowering Device
SAP # 4321

Figure 1: Component ID

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
F.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying, & Setting Procedures w/ Truss Rollers
OPERATING TRUSS LOWERING DEVICE

To move the Lifting Plate of the Truss Lowering Device to another location on the Mast, remove the
pin and move the Lifting Plate to desire location and reinsert pin to secure the Lifting Plate into
position.
When the Lifting Plate is set to its Upper Position [pin at the top hole of the Mast], it is located at a
maximum elevation of 1.28m (4) above the support surface. From this extended position, the Lifting
Plate can be lowered to a height of 670mm (24) above the support surface.
When the Lifting Plate is set to its Lower Position [pin at the bottom hole of the Mast], it is located at a
maximum elevation of 680mm (24) above the support surface. From this position, the Lifting Plate can
be lowered to a minimum of 70mm (2-3/4) above the support surface.
To raise the Truss Lowering Device, turn the Crank Handle clockwise and turn counter-clockwise to
lower it. 1575.0 mm
[62.008"]

MAST
CRANK HANDLE
1280.0 mm
[50.394"]
965.0 mm
[37.992"]

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
680.0 mm
670.0 mm

[26.772"]
[26.378"]

70.0 mm
[2.756"]

PIN

field, and is to be used with other data.


WHEEL

BASE PLATE
LIFTING PLATE
Upper Position Lower Position

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual F.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying, & Setting Procedures w/ Truss Rollers
STRIPPING PROCEDURE

Before starting the stripping procedure, of the table forms, the entire working area must be cleared of
excess materials such as concrete, steel or plywood pieces. These measures will help to increase the
levels of safety and efficiency.

STEP 1. For tables with Aluma Beamside Hinge equipment: Release Beamside Latch, Open
Beamside Form and Strip Wood fillers (For Table without Beamside Hinge, start
with Step 2).
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

With the aid of a small piece of wood blocking, gently but firmly strike down on the Latch until it
disengages from the Beamside plywood. At the same time, remove all wood fillers. Open all Beamside
forms before starting Step 2.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
F.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying, & Setting Procedures w/ Truss Rollers
STRIPPING PROCEDURE
STEP 2. Release Intermediate Screwjacks, Install Truss Rollers.

SCREWJACK

EXTENSION STAFF
TRUSS ROLLERS
SCREWJACK

Ensure all overhead stripping work is completed.


Release all Screwjacks by approximately 6mm (1/4) by turning the Screwjack Handle counter-clockwise,
for 1 full turn; use a one-metre long pipe as a lever, if necessary.
Disengage the U-Pins for all Intermediate Extension Staffs, retract the Extension Staffs completely into

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
the Outer Legs, secure the Extension Staffs in the retracted position using the U-Pins and Hitch Pin,
leaving the four corner Screwjacks and Extension Staffs in position.

field, and is to be used with other data.


Pick up the intermediate Screwjacks and attach them to the Screwjack Hook at the Top Chord. Ensure
that the Screwjacks will not come out during flying.
Attach the Truss Rollers to the Bottom Chords with 16 mm x 102 mm bolts provided. Locate two rollers
at approximately 30% of the truss length (from the end inside the building), and the other two at
approximately 70% from the end. The Truss Rollers should be installed as close as possible to the Outer
Legs.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual F.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying, & Setting Procedures w/ Truss Rollers
STRIPPING PROCEDURE
STEP 3. Support with Lowering Devices, release remaining Screwjacks.

25.0 mm
[1.000"]

LOWERING DEVICE

Position the four Lowering Devices approximately 35% and 65% from the end of the truss outside the
building. Make sure that the Lifting Plate on the Lowering Device is pinned to the top hole at the Mast
(Upper Position).
Position properly and raise the Lifting Plate by turning the Crank Handle clockwise to approximately 25
mm (1) below the Bottom Chords of the Trusses.
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Release all Screwjacks by turning the Screwjack Handle counter-clockwise; use a one-metre long pipe
as a lever, if necessary. Self weight of the Table should release itself from concrete and become fully
supported by the Lowering Device. Ensure that the Table Form has dropped free from the concrete.
field, and is to be used with other data.

NEVER ATTEMPT TO LIFT THE TRUSS IN AN EFFORT TO RELIEVE THE LOAD ON


THE TRUSS JACKS

The Table is now sitting on the Lowering Devices, free of the concrete. The fillers (if any) on either side
of the Table are now quite visible. They should be knocked loose and moved to their next usage point.
Note: Table should not be flown with loose material on top.
Any other non-standard conditions must be addressed such as loose beam form, additional post shore
etc.
Remove all remaining U-Pins from the extension staff.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
F.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying, & Setting Procedures w/ Truss Rollers
STRIPPING PROCEDURE
STEP 4. Lower Table Form, Push Out, Hook Up Two Front Cables

NYLON SLING

With one worker operating each Lowering Device, lower the Table (turn the crank handle counter-
clockwise) to approximate 20mm (3/4) above the minimum Lifting Plate position [670mm above support
surface].
Lower the four corner Extension Legs slowly by removing the U-Pins. With the Table now supported by
Extension Legs with Screwjacks, set the Lifting Plate to its minimum position.
Switch the Lifting Plate to the bottom hole of the Mast (Lower Position). Lift the Lifting Plate by turning
the Crank Handle clockwise until the Table is supported by the Lowering Devices.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Release the Extension Staff and Screwjacks again by following the procedure as in Step 2.
Lower Table by turning Lower Devices Crank Handle counter-clockwise until the Truss Rollers are sitting

field, and is to be used with other data.


on the slab. Remove the Lowering Devices, and transfer them to the next Table Form.
Remove the plywood from the four pick-up points and install the Nylon Slings around the Top Chords of
the Trusses at the pick-up locations.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual F.7
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying, & Setting Procedures w/ Truss Rollers
FLYING PROCEDURE WITH ROLLERS
STEP 1. Push Table Form Out and Engage Crane Cables

WIRE ROPE SLING

Expose the front lifting points, and if necessary push the Table Form out just sufficiently to install the
front cable.
Position the crane over the Table Form at the edge of the slab.
The crane rigging should include suitable capacity chain block(s) or electric winches to allow for length
adjustment of the two rear wire rope slings (crane cables).
Hook up the two front wire rope slings and gently lift the Table so that the front end of the Table is
supported by the crane, if necessary push the Table Form further out, while the rear part of the Truss still
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

rests on the Truss Rollers.


Gently lift the Table so that the front Truss Rollers are off the slab and remove the front Truss Rollers.
field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
F.8 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying, & Setting Procedures w/ Truss Rollers
FLYING PROCEDURE WITH ROLLERS
STEP 2. Push Out & Hook Up Two Rear Cables

CHAIN BLOCK OR
ELECTRIC WINCH
TO LEVEL TABLE

GUIDE ROPE

Install Guide Ropes of suitable length to help set the Table in its new position.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


Slowly push the Table out, adjusting the crane jib and/or trolley to ensure the crane cable is always

This information is subject to change; it is intended to be


vertical, until the rear Nylon Slings of the Trusses can be reached.

field, and is to be used with other data.


Hook up the adjustable length rear crane cables and adjust the length of the wire sling using either the
Chain Block or Electric Winch until the complete Table load is taken by the crane and the Table is
level, move the Table out further as required.

Remove all rear Truss Rollers.

Note: The chain block or electric winch should always be operated at a safe location (concrete slab).

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual F.9
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying, & Setting Procedures w/ Truss Rollers
FLYING PROCEDURE WITH ROLLERS
STEP 3. Fly Table Out from Underneath the Slab

2000 mm
[78.740"]

Let the crane operator have complete control over the Table. It is important to not use the Guide Ropes
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

to force the Table one way or the other.


Move the Table completely off the building, the Table should be at least 2 m away from the edge of the
field, and is to be used with other data.

slab (if possible, for safety precautions).

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
F.10 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying, & Setting Procedures w/ Truss Rollers
FLYING PROCEDURE WITH ROLLERS
STEP 4. Deliver the Table to New Location

1300.0 mm
[51.181"]

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


Lift the Table to the next floor above and position it above the new floor. Keep the Table at a height of
approximately 1.3m above the slab.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual F.11
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying, & Setting Procedures w/ Truss Rollers
SETTING PROCEDURE with Rollers
STEP 1. Line Marking and Setting Templates
TEMPLATE MARKS

Lay out the exact locations of the four corner legs.


Fasten plywood templates to the floor at these locations.
This preparation work should be done well in advance of the Table setting in order to prevent any delay.

STEP 2. Lower Four Corner Extension Staffs and Insert Screwjacks


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Remove the Screwjacks from the Screwjack Hooks and set them to their new positions with the help of
the template. Set the Screwjack handle at the correct height above the floor.
Maintain the Table approximately 1.3 m above the slab at its new location. Remove the U-Pins from the
Extension Staffs, lower the Extension Staffs slowly so that they all land on the handles of the Screwjacks.
Reinstall the U-Pins to fix the Extension Staffs in position.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
F.12 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying, & Setting Procedures w/ Truss Rollers
SETTING PROCEDURE with Rollers
STEP 3. Land Table in Setting Templates and Level

Landing the Table onto the templates will ensure fast and accurate Table setting.
Remove all crane cables from the Table Form.
Set the Table to the correct elevation by adjusting the Screwjacks at the four corners. Use a leveling
instrument or a spirit level, and bench mark as a guideline.
Lower intermediate Extension Staffs and insert remaining Screwjacks. Ensure that all Screwjacks make
solid contact with the slab.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


STEP 4. Close Beamsides, Reinstall Wood Fillers, Clean and Apply Form Release Agent
Close the beamsides and secure using the Latches, tighten the A-Bolt with Wing Nuts at each Latch.
Reinstall the wood fillers and steel corner caps stripped from the floor below.
Clean the Table Form surface, sweep and thoroughly coat with an approved form release agent.
Allow the release agent to dry as specified by the manufacturers procedures.
The Table Form is now ready for other trades to work on.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual F.13
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
F.14 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Landing Dollies

ALUMALITE TABLE FORM


STRIPPING AND FLYING OPERATION USING LANDING DOLLIES

This procedure describes a standard method of stripping, flying and setting of an Alumalite Table Form.
The method detailed herein is only one example of many workable methods.
As you become more familiar with the versatility of Aluma Systems' equipment, methods may be
developed to suit individual preferences and site conditions. No matter which method is selected, it is
important to follow local safety regulations and common sense to perform the work safely and efficiently.

STRIPPING and FLYING EQUIPMENT


The following items are used in the stripping and flying procedure of an Alumalite Table Form, using
Landing Dollies.
1. ALUMALITE LOWERING DEVICE
A minimum of four (4) Alumalite Lowering Devices are required. For longer and heavier
trusses, eight (8) Lowering Devices are recommended. We suggest the use of multiple sets
of four units at all times.
The operating range of the Alumalite Lowering Device is 70 mm to 1280 mm.
The Alumalite Lowering Device is intended to be used on Aluma Truss Panels with Extension
Legs (up to 20,000 lbs. total weight).
2. WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Four (4) are required per panel.
3. NYLON SLINGS

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Four (4) are required per panel.

field, and is to be used with other data.


Grasps the Top Chord of the Aluma Truss.
4. TRUSS LANDING DOLLIES
Four (4) are required per panel
5. HOISTING EQUIPMENT
Tower Crane, or Mobile Crane, etc.
6. GUIDE ROPES
7. STANDARD HAMMER
8. 12MM (1/2 INCH) HAND WRENCH
9. 1.0 M LONG HOLLOW PIPE
10. CHAIN BLOCKS or ELECTRIC WINCH

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual G.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Landing Dollies
ALUMALITE TRUSS STRIPPING AND FLYING EQUIPMENT

Nylon Sling
SAP # 266

Truss Intermediate Truss


Landing Dolly Landing Dolly
SAP # 376 SAP # PD-080-A001
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Truss
Alumalite
Landing Dolly (SAP # 376)
Truss Lowering Device
with Lower Unit (SAP # 379)
SAP # 4321

NOTE: Depending on the clearance and height requirements of the project, three Landing Dollies are available.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
G.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Landing Dollies
OPERATING TRUSS LOWERING DEVICE

To move the Lifting Plate of the Truss Lowering Device to another location on the Mast, remove the
pin and move the Lifting Plate to desire location and reinsert pin to secure the Lifting Plate into
position.
When the Lifting Plate is set to its Upper Position [pin at the top hole of the Mast], it is located at a
maximum elevation of 1.28m (4) above the support surface. From this extended position, the Lifting
Plate can be lowered to a height of 670mm (24) above the support surface.
When the Lifting Plate is set to its Lower Position [pin at the bottom hole of the Mast], it is located at a
maximum elevation of 680mm (24) above the support surface. From this position, the Lifting Plate can
be lowered to a minimum of 70mm (2-3/4) above the support surface.
To raise the Truss Lowering Device, turn the Crank Handle clockwise and turn counter-clockwise to
lower it. 1575.0 mm
[62.008"]

MAST
CRANK HANDLE
1280.0 mm
[50.394"]
965.0 mm
[37.992"]

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
680.0 mm
670.0 mm

[26.772"]
[26.378"]

70.0 mm
[2.756"]

PIN

field, and is to be used with other data.


WHEEL

BASE PLATE
LIFTING PLATE
Upper Position Lower Position

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual G.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Landing Dollies
STRIPPING PROCEDURE

Before starting the stripping procedure, of the table forms, the entire working area must be cleared of
excess materials such as concrete, steel or plywood pieces. These measures will help to increase the
levels of safety and efficiency.

STEP 1. For tables with Aluma Beamside Hinge equipment: Release Beamside Latch, Open
Beamside Form and Strip Wood fillers (For Table without Beamside Hinge, start
with Step 2)
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

With the aid of a small piece of wood blocking, gently but firmly strike down on the Beamside Latch until
it disengages from the Beamside plywood. At the same time, remove all wood fillers. Open all Beamside
forms before starting step 2.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
G.4 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Landing Dollies
STRIPPING PROCEDURE
STEP 2. Release Intermediate Screwjacks, Place Landing Dollies in Position

SCREWJACK

EXTENSION STAFF
LANDING DOLLY
SAFETY WIRE
SCREWJACK SECURE TO
STOPPER
FIXED POINT

Ensure all overhead stripping work is completed.


Release all Screwjacks by approximately 6mm (1/4) by turning the Screwjack Handle counter-
clockwise for 1 full turn; use a one-metre long pipe as a lever, if necessary.
Disengage the U-Pins at all the Intermediate Extension Staffs, retract the Extension Staffs completely

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
into the Outer Legs, secure the Extension Staffs in the retracted position using the U-Pins and Hitch
Pins, leaving the four corner Screwjacks and Extension Staffs in position.

field, and is to be used with other data.


Pick up the intermediate Screwjacks and attach them to the Screwjack Hook at the Top Chord. Ensure
that the Screwjacks will not come out during flying.
Place the Landing Dolly directly beneath the Bottom Chords. Locate two Landing Dollies approximately
30% of the truss length (from the end inside the building), and the other two at approximately 70% from
the end. The Landing Dollies should be installed as close to the other legs as possible. Install a stopper
at the slab edge, to prevent the dollies from moving towards the edge of the building.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual G.5
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Landing Dollies
STRIPPING PROCEDURE
STEP 3. Support with Lowering Devices, release remaining Screwjacks.

25.0 mm
[1.000"]

LOWERING

Position the four Lowering Devices approximately 35% and 65% from the end of the truss outside the
building. Make sure that the Lifting Plate on the Lowering Device is pinned to the top hole at the Mast
(Upper Position).
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

Position properly and raise the Lifting Plate by turning the Crank Handle clockwise to approximately 25
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

mm (1) below the Bottom Chords of the Trusses.


field, and is to be used with other data.

Release all Screwjacks by turning the Screwjack Handle counter-clockwise; use a one-metre long pipe
as a lever, if necessary. Self weight of the Table should release itself from concrete and become fully
supported by the Lowering Device. Ensure that the Table Form has dropped free from the concrete.

NEVER ATTEMPT TO LIFT THE TRUSS IN AN EFFORT TO RELIEVE THE LOAD ON


THE TRUSS JACKS

The Table is now sitting on the Lowering Devices, free of the concrete. The fillers (if any) on either side
of the Table are now quite visible. They should be knocked loose and moved to their next usage point.
Note: Table should not be flown with loose material on top.
Any other non-standard conditions must be addressed such as loose beam form, additional post shore
etc.
Remove all remaining U-Pins from the extension staff.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
G.6 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Landing Dollies
STRIPPING PROCEDURE
STEP 4. Lower Table Form, Push Out, Hook Up Two Front Cables

NYLON SLING

With one worker operating each Lowering Device, lower the Table by turning Lower Devices Crank
Handle counter-clockwise until the Bottom Chords are sitting on the Landing Dollies. Remove the
Lowering Devices, and transfer them to the next Table Form.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Release the Extension Staff and Screwjacks again by following the procedure as in Step 2.
Remove the plywood from the four pick-up points and install the Nylon Slings around the Top Chords of

field, and is to be used with other data.


the Trusses at the pick-up locations.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual G.7
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Landing Dollies

FLYING PROCEDURE

STEP 1. Push Table Out and Engage Crane Cables


WIRE ROPE SLING

Expose the front lifting points, and if necessary push the Table Form out just sufficiently to install the
front cable.
Position the crane over the Table Form at the edge of the slab.
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

The crane rigging should include suitable capacity chain block(s) or electric winches to allow for length
adjustment of the two rear wire rope slings (crane cables).
field, and is to be used with other data.

Hook up the two front wire rope slings and gently lift the Table so that the front end of the Table is
supported by the crane, if necessary push the Table Form further out, while the rear part of the Truss still
rests on the Truss Rollers.
Lower the front Landing Dollies and remove them from underneath the Truss.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
G.8 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Landing Dollies

FLYING PROCEDURE

STEP 3. Push Out & Hook Up Two Rear Cables

CHAIN BLOCK OR
ELECTRIC WINCH
TO LEVEL TABLE

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
GUIDE ROPE

field, and is to be used with other data.


Install guide ropes of suitable length to help set the Table in its new position.
Slowly push the Table out, adjusting the crane jib and/or trolley to ensure the crane cable is always
vertical, until the rear Nylon Slings of the Trusses are off the slab edge.
Hook up the adjustable length rear crane cables and adjust the length of the crane cables until the
complete Table load is taken by the crane and the Table is level.

Lower the remaining Landing Dollies and remove from bottom of the truss. The landing dollies can now
be moved to next panel to be flown.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual G.9
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Landing Dollies

FLYING PROCEDURE
.
STEP 4. Fly Table Out from Underneath the Slab

2000 mm
[78.740"]
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Let the crane operator have complete control over the Table. It is important to not use the Guide Ropes
to force the Table one way or the other.
field, and is to be used with other data.

Move the Table completely off the building, the Table should be at least 2 m away from the edge of the
slab (if possible, for safety precautions).

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
G.10 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Landing Dollies

FLYING PROCEDURE

STEP 5. Deliver the Table to New Location

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.


Lift the Table to the floor above. Lower the truss onto four Landing Dollies and release the crane.
(DO NOT LAND THE TRUSS PANEL ON TRUSS LOWERING DEVICES.
Truss Lowering Devices are intended for lowering the Truss Panel after
concrete has been poured. Landing the Truss Panel onto Truss Lowering
Devices can overload parts of the Lowering Device and may create a
potentially dangerous situation.)

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual G.11
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Landing Dollies
SETTING PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Line Marking and Setting Templates
TEMPLATE MARKS

Lay out the exact locations of the four corner legs.


Fasten plywood templates to the floor at these locations.
This preparation work should be done well in advance of the Table setting in order to prevent any delay.

STEP 2. Land Table with Legs at the Four Corners


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

With the panel on the Landing Dollies, move the panel to the location of the templates created earlier.
Take the Screwjacks off the Screwjack Hooks and place them at their new positions with the help of the
template. Set the Screwjack handle at the correct height above the floor.
Remove the U-Pins for the Extension Staffs, lower the Extension Staffs slowly so that they all land on the
handles of the Screwjacks.
Reinsert the U-Pins to fix the Extension Staffs in position.
Relase and remove the Landing Dollies once screwjacks and Extension Staffs are in place.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
G.12 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Stripping, Flying & Setting Procedures w/ Landing Dollies
SETTING PROCEDURE
STEP 3. Level Table and Lower all the Extension Staffs

Adjust the Table elevation and level by turning the Screwjacks at the four corners. Use a leveling
instrument or a spirit level, and benchmark as a guideline.
Lower intermediate Extension Staffs on the Screwjacks. Make sure all the Staffs are plumb. Ensure that
all Screwjacks make solid contact with the slab.

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
STEP 4. Close Beamsides, Reinstall Wood Fillers, Clean and Apply Form Release Agent
Close the beamsides and secure using the Latches, tighten the A-Bolt with Wing Nuts at each Latch.

field, and is to be used with other data.


Reinstall the wood fillers and steel corner caps stripped from the floor below.
Clean the Table Form surface, sweep and thoroughly coat with an approved form release agent.
Allow the release agent to dry as specified by the manufacturers procedures.
The Table Form is now ready for other trades to work on.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual G.13
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
G.14 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Removal of Formwork Striking Time
1. Introduction

Removal of formwork and allowing the structure to support itself has for a long time been a matter of
judgment. A guide to good practice is to re-prop, i.e. replace some of the original supports in a sequence
to avoid damage to the young concrete.

In ACI 347 Clause 3.7.2.1 recommended that The engineer/architect should specify the minimum
strength of the concrete to be attained before removal of forms or shores. The strength can be
determined by tests on job-cured specimens or on in-place concrete. and in Clause 3.7.2.3 Because
the minimum stripping time is a function of concrete strength, the preferred method of determining
stripping time is using tests of job-cured cylinders or concrete in place.

In BS 8110 Clause 6.9.3.2 mentioned that It may be possible to use shorter periods before striking
formwork by determining the strength of the concrete in the structural element. Formwork supporting
cast in situ concrete in flexure may be struck when the strength of the concrete in the element is 10 MPa
or twice the stress to which it will be subjected, whichever is greater, provided that striking at this time will
not result in unacceptable deflection. This strength may be assessed by test on cubes, as far as
possible, under the same conditions as the concrete in the element.

We can strike the formwork with the support shoring when the new poured concrete reaches the required
strength.

Care should be taken when removing formwork in order to prevent impact on the partially hardened
concrete.

To determine when we can strike the formwork and shoring we need to first determine:

1. Load on structure when striking takes place


2. Strength of concrete required to take the load
3. When this strength can be achieved.

Always consult local codes and project structural consultant for more details on striking times

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
and obtain written approval from the project consultant engineer before first striking takes place.

field, and is to be used with other data.


2. Loading on Structure

When striking, the structure needs to take its self weight plus construction imposed load on top as
required.

A standard density for reinforced concrete of 2,500 kg/m3 is recommended to use for the calculation of
self weight of structure.

If re-shores will be installed immediately (before landing of Table Form on slab) the construction imposed
load can be considered as 0.75 kPa. Otherwise, 1.50 kPa should be used as recommended by BS
5975.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual H.1
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Removal of Formwork Striking Time
3. Strength of Concrete Required at Striking

It will be too much work for the contractor to redesign the structure with only self weight and construction
load.

As the loading during construction is always less than the original design live load, the steel provided in
the structure will not be a governing factor. It can then be assumed that the capacity of the structure is
directly proportion to the strength of concrete. By comparing the load at striking with the total final design
load, we can obtain the strength of concrete required at striking.
Ratio = Total Load at Strike/ Total Original Design Load
Concrete Strength required for Striking = Design Concrete Strength x Ratio
Then we need determine when the concrete will reach the required strength for striking.

4. Strength of Concrete

The main characteristics influencing the length of time to build up the required strength of concrete is:

Concrete mix design


Additive used
Temperature
Curing Condition

The following table from CIRIA Report 136 gives us an idea the minimum striking time required for slab
and beam with normal concrete at different curing temperature without insulating the top surface.

Minimum Striking times in days for slab and beam soffit


with an uninsulated top surface (From CIRIA Report 136)
used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the

Specified Cube Mean Air Temperature oC


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

Concrete Grade Strength Type of Cement


(MPa) (MPa) 5 10 15
field, and is to be used with other data.

5 4.5 3 2
10 6.5 5 4
25 PC-42.5
15 12 9 7
20 26 10 15

5 2.5 1.5 1
10 3 2 1.5
50 15 PC-42.5 4 3 2.5
20 5 4 3
30 10 8 6

Of course, higher concrete grades will lead to shorter striking time. When rapid construction is required,
tables should not be used to determine the striking time.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
H.2 Engineering Manual
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix
Removal of Formwork Striking Time
In-situ test methods such as test specimens cured in site condition or pull-out tests are appropriate.
Predictive methods are useful for planning striking of formwork. As an example, the maturity needed to
achieve 10 MPa can vary from 1.5 to 4 days at 15oC. The contractor should check with his local
concrete supplier for more data. Formwork striking times may be reduced by increasing the early
strength of concrete by:
1. Using cements with rapid strength development
2. Using accelerating admixtures
3. Using higher concrete strength
4. Specifying a higher placing temperature
5. Increasing/using efficient insulation of formwork
6. Accelerating the curing of the concrete

5. Work Example
The following example is used as an illustration for striking a 200mm slab with concrete design strength
of 25 MPa.
Assume the following:
Concrete density = 24.5 kN/m3
200mm Slab = 24.5 x .2= 4.9 kN/m2
Construction load = 1.5 kN/m2
Total (Striking) = 6.4 kN/m2
Slab Designed with the following data: fc = 25 MPa
200mm Slab= 24.5 x .2 = 4.9 kN/m2
Partition= 1.0 kN/m2
Finish = 0.5 kN.m2
Live Load= 4.8 kN/m2

used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the


This information is subject to change; it is intended to be
Total (Design/slab Loads) = 11.2 kN/m2

field, and is to be used with other data.


Ratio = Total (Striking Loads)/ Total (Design/slab Loads) = 6.4/11.2 = 0.57
Therefore Concrete Strength required for Striking = 0.57 x 25 = 14.25 MPa
From Table above, it takes 6.5 days at 15o C for the concrete to reach the required strength of 14.25
MPa.
Note that regular concrete with no strength accelerator is used in this example.
If Concrete Design Strength = 50 MPa, from Table above, it takes about 2.5 days at 15oC for the
concrete to reach a strength of 15 MPa.

Determine by test or other means if the in-situ concrete has indeed reached the required strength at the
time of striking..

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.

V. 3.0
Engineering Manual H.3
Alumalite Truss II Technical Manual
Product ID Product Detail Design Data Application Appendix

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


used by technically skilled designers, knowledgeable in the
This information is subject to change; it is intended to be

field, and is to be used with other data.

Copyright 2007 Aluma Enterprises Inc.


V. 3.0
H.4 Engineering Manual

You might also like